Você está na página 1de 254

PROTECTIVE COATINGS

TECHNICAL MANUAL
PROTECTIVE COATINGS

The handbook for planers and users

Contains the whole spectrum for the field Protective Coatings. Next to recommendation sys-
tems, technical data sheets of the standard program are contained.

The separate systems are valued through special loading spectrum, that makes a quick se-
lection for respective use possible.

Through the short description a product selection can be made and you can flip to the respec-
tive technical data sheets directly. The systems are organised according to their operational
area.

August 2002
Page

PRIMER 6 12

FINISHES 13 18

CONTAINER INTERIOR COATINGS 19

ANTIFOULING 20

HOLD, TANKS,- AND BILGE COATINGS 21

MISCELLANEOUS 22 23

THINNER AND REMOVER 24

HARDENER AND BASE COMPONENT


OVERVIEW 25 26

ASSIGNMENT OF RAL-SHADES TO PRICE


GROUPS 27

ASSIGNMENT OF RAL-SHADES TO PRICE


GROUPS ( ART-NO. 466- ) 28

COATING SYSTEMS 29 97

TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS 98 246

TECHNICAL INFORMATION 247 251

3
LIST OF CONTENT ALPHABETICAL

Name Page Name Page

ACRYLAT TOPCOAT 15 OLDOPOX EP-GRUND 10


ALU-BRONCE 22 OLDOPOX EP 325 16
ALU-LACKFARBE 22 OLDOPOX LG DECK 19
ALUMINIUM ROSTSCHUTZFARBE 23 OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 8
ANTIFOULING COASTLINE 20 OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG 8
ANTIFOULING LONGLIFE 20 OLDOPOX SEALER 9
ANTIFOULING ECOSHIP 20 OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND 8
ANTISLIP-POWDER 23 OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND TL 8
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 10
BILGENFARBE 21 OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUBFARBE 74 10
BITUMENLACK S 23 OLDOPOX ZM 10
BFALIN KUNSTHARZLACK 13 OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV 6
BFALIN PUR-SPEZIALHRTER 13 OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EGM 15
OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT GRUND 6
CR-PRIMER 7 OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT 15
CS-VERDNNUNG 24 OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT 15
OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EGM 15
EP-VERDNNUNG 24
POLYHRTER 14
FREELINE 20 PROFI SATIN 14
PUR-ACRYL FINISH 18
HALLTEX-GEWEBEFINISH A2 23 PUR-AIRLESS-VERDNNUNG (LANG) 24
HOLZSIEGEL GLOSS / SATIN 22 PUR-VERDNNUNG (KURZ) / (LANG) 24

IDEKOLIT HARTTROCKENL 23 RAPIDPRIMER 7


REINIGUNGS-VERDNNUNG 24
KH-VERDNNUNG 24 RADIKAL ABBEIZER 23
KORROTAL 266 6
SCHULTAFELLACK 23
LACK-VERDNNUNG V 100 24 SILICON ZINKSTAUBFARBE 6
LADERAUML 21 STETECOL 18
LEINLFIRNIS 22 STETECOL NK 8
LINDOBLACK HB 23 STETECOLOR SW 18
LINDOKOTE EP-SHOPPRIMER 9
LINDOKOTE ETYL-SILICATZINK 9 TAGESLEUCHTFARBE 22
LINDOKOTE ZS-SHOPPRIMER 9 TU-UNIVERSAL-GRUNDIERUNG 6

METALLIC PRIMER 7 UNIVERSAL-VERDNNUNG 24


MULTIGRUND 2000 6 UV-BERZUGSLACK FR TAGESLEUCHTFARBE 22

NITRO-VERDNNUNG 24 VERDNNUNG FR OLDOPOX LG 24


VERDNNUNG AF 24
OLDOCOR W SCHWEISSPRIMER 12 VINYL-BARRIER NK 7
OLDODUR ADN 17
OLDODUR ADN-SEIDENGLANZ 16 ZINKOLIN 7
OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT 18 ZINKOLIN SILBER 7
OLDODUR EG 2.DECK 17 ZINKOLIN TL 7
OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE 18 ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK 14
OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE 18
OLDOPOX ARC 9 2K-FLLGRUND 10
OLDOPOX BWT 21 2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER SE 12
OLDOPOX EG 1.DECK 11 2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER K 12
OLDOPOX EG 1.DECK TL 11

4
LIST OF CONTENT NUMERICAL
Code-No. page Code-No. Page Code-No. Page

051-0015 23 270-2033 / 2073 6 381-8132 9


277-Farbton 6 385-0140 13
101-0100 24 287-8152 / 9152 7 385-0150 17
101-0115 24 385-0460 18
101-1645 24 308-0110 18 385-0461 18
103-0120 24 311-Farbton 16 392-0064 23
103-0130 24 312-0060 10
103-0132 24 313-Farbton 17 413-7001 21
103-0135 24 314-0311 12 422-Farbton 14
103-0140 24 314-0323 12 437-0033 14
103-0144 24 316-Farbton 17 438-5054 22
103-0321 24 320-6629 10 439-5054 22
105-0122 24 320-0038 / 8012 8 439-Farbton 14
105-0200 24 321-0815 / 0771 8 440-Farbton 15
109-0811 23 323-0038 / 8012 8 444-0601 / 0701 15
110-0330 / 0750 / 0906 21 324-0702 / 0703 11 444-0069 15
121-0070 22 325-0702 / 0703 11 445-Farbton 15
121-0080 23 325-3109 / 7135 / 9105 9 454-Farbton 22
121-1011 22 325-3309 / 7335 / 9305 9 459-Farbton 15
325-7032 / 9010 16 466-Farbton 13
204-7152 6 340-0039 / 0099 18 470-0039 / 1905 7
213-0320 / 0760 6 340-1038 / 1096 8
215-0070 7 346-0039 / 0901 / 7001 8 510-0091 23
215-0080 7 353-0062 18 514-0091 22
215-0700 9 353-6200 18 514-0093 22
215-1800 9 354-3170 9 522-0032 20
215-7156 7 354-4115 / 4172 21 522-2039 / 2095 20
235-0323 12 359-0611 / 9010 19 522-4134 / 4139 20
246-1002 / 8012 6 361-3900 / 9900 18 522-5013/5034/5039/5095 20
251-0095/0097/0110/0197 7 367-7612 18 582-0005 23
262-0090 23 377-0066 10 587-0997 23
266-Farbton 6 377-0074 10
270-0200 7 377-0079 10

5
1-PACK-PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
TU-Universal-Grundierung 213- 98-99

Quick-drying one-pack primer with excellent adhesion on 0320 rebrown


steel, aluminium and galvanised steel for the industrial area. 0760 lightgrey
Not for weathering. The primer can be recoated with appro-
priate one- or two-pack coating systems.

Thinner: CS-Verdnnung, Code-No. 105-0200

KORROTAL 266 266- 100-101


PC
High build quick-drying primer for steel constructions, ships 0010 white 1.001
as well as temporary and transport coat. Can also be used as 0012 sandyellow 1.002
an basecoat. Low inflammable according to IMO-resultion A- 6.101
653 (16).
0036 redbrown
0061 green 6.201
0066 grey green 6.202
6.401
Thinner: CS-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115 0072 light grey
9.003
0095 black
OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV 270- 102-103

Metal protecting synthetic resin primer and top coat with 2033 redbrown
active protection against corrosion and high penetration effect 2073 grey
for all steel profiles and steel constructions, inside and out-
side.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0100

SILICON-ZINKSTAUBFARBE l 204- 104-105

Silcone zinc dust primer for coating systems against corro- 7152 grey
sion with high heat resistance for steel and industrial con-
structions.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

MULTIGRUND 2000 277- 106-107

Synthetic resin combination primer for steel, galvanised steel, 0013 lightbeige
aluminium, brass, copper, wood and some plastics. For
0036 redbrown
inside and outside use. For ship constructions above the
waterline. 0075 lightgrey
Refinishable with 1- and 2- pack top coats.

Thiner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND 246- 108-109


PC
Weatherproof, high build polymer resin primer for protection 1002 sandyyellow ca. RAL 1002 2.003
of steel surfaces. Lead- and chromatfree. 8012 redbrown ca. RAL 8012 3.002
Correspond to TL 918 300, sheet 77
DB-material-No. 667.02
DB material-No. 667.06

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

l delivery time on request

6
1-PACK PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
ZINKOLIN 215- 110-111

Epoxidester-zincdust primer for industrial use. Excellent 0080 grey


protection against corrosion in the steelframed and industrial
construction.

Thinner: Code-No. 101-0115

ZINKOLIN TL l 215- 110-111

One pack zinc dust paint for coatings systems against corro- 0070 grey
sion with an unusual high protective effect in the steelframed
and industrial construction.
Correspond to TL 918 300, sheet 4 and 77
DB-substance-No. 588.20.38 and 67.03

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

ZINKOLIN SILBER 215- 112-113

Special dust primer with active pigment against corrosion for 7156 silver
welding and sanding positions of galvanised constructions.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

RELIUS RAPIDPRIMER 270- 114-115

Primer for luminous paint 0200 white


Thinner: Verdnnung AF, Code-No. 101-1645

VINYL-BARRIER NK 470- PC 116-117


8.202
Sealer and primer for underwater areas. Aluminium free 0039 redbrown 8.203
primer for use in new construction and maintenance. As 1905 black
sealer at all antifoulings and in the stetecol system.

Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code.-No. 103-0135

CR-PRIMER 251- PC 118-119


6.102
Non-saponifiable basecoat for steel and 0095 black 6.402
wood in above- and below waterline areas. 0097 redbrown 8.201
Can be applied in a thick film of up to 100 m (dry film thick-
ness). 0110 light grey
0197 dark grey
Colour shade light grey cannot be used in underwater
areas.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

METALLIC-PRIMER 287- 120-121

Aluminium pigmented, anticorrosive primer for underwater 8152 dark silver


areas. 9152 light silver
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

l delivery time on request

7
2-PACK PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX 323- PC 122-123
ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND 2.002
3.001
Epoxy primer for steel constructions. *0038 sandyellow ca. RAL 1002 3.003
Correspond to TL 918 300, sheet 87. *8012 redbrown ca. RAL 8012 4.001
Thinner: Code.-No. 103-0135 6.406
Hardener: EP-HRTER 610, Code-No. 387-0610 Base component
6.408
0738 sandyellow
6.410
8712 redbrown
6.411
OLDOPOX 320- 124-125
ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND TL PC
4.002
Epoxy primer for steel constructions. Correspond to TL 918
300, sheet 87.

DB-Material-No. 687.02 RAL 1002 *0038 sandywllow


*8012 redbrown
DB-Material-No. 687.06 RAL 8012
Base component
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
0738 sandyellow
Hardener: EP-HRTER 612, Code-No. 387-0612
8712 redbrown

OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG 321- 126-127


PC
Epoxy sealer as protection against corrosion with excelllent *0815 redbrown 1.102
adhesion on steel, light and coloured metals and galvanised
*0771 light grey 2.101
steel. Zinc-chromat free.
Light grey = on galvanised steel and aluminium for inside 4.101
use. Base component 5.001
7815 redbrown
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 0071 light grey
Hardener: EP-HRTER 420, Code-No. 387-0420

STETECOL NK 340- 128-130


PC
Two pack, tar free epoxy coating for corrosion protection of *1038 brown 6.301
underwater areas of ships and for use on all kind of steel *1096 black 8.203
constructions.
Base-component
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 1238 brown
Hardener: EP-HRTER 612, Code-No. 387-0612 1296 black

OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 346- 131-132


PC
2 pack low solvent containing epoxy intermediate and finish *0039 redbrown 6.010
coating for strong protection against corroison. Usable in the *0901 off white 6.103
above and underwater area. The cured coating has a high 6.104
resisting power against abraision. *7001 grey
6.404
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 Base component 6.405
Hardener: EP-HRTER 613, Code-No. 387-0613 0739 redbrown 6.407
0971 off white 6.409
7701 grey 8.204

*contains as combination base and hardener component

8
2-PACK PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX ARC Standard 325- 133-134
PC
Two pack epoxy primer for protection against mechanical *3109 redbrown 6.412
damages for underwater and above waterline. High impact *7135 grey 6.413
resistance therefore usable for decks and tanktops. *9105 black 6.414
8.205
Thinner: Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 700, Code.-No. 387-0700 Base component
3179 redbrown
7175 grey
9175 black

OLDOPOX ARC wintergrade 325- 135-136


PC
Two pack epoxy primer for protection against mechanical *3309 redbrown 6.415
damages for underwater and above waterline. High impact *7335 grey 8.206
resistance therefore usable for decks and tanktops. Usable up *9305 black
to -5C.
Base component
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 3179 redbrown
Hardener: EP-HRTER 613, Code-No. 387-0613 7175 grey
9175 black

OLDOPOX SEALER 354- PC 137-138


6.408
EP tiecoat and intermediate coat for under- and above water- *3170 grey 6.412
line use. 6.413
Base component 8.204
3770 grey 8.205
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 545, Code-No. 387-3545
8.206

LINDOKOTE EP-SHOPPRIMER 381- 139-140

Weldable, quick-drying EP primer for sandblasted steel plates *8132 redbrown


and profiles for shipbuilding and steel constructions. Espe-
cially suitable for use in automatic plants for mill scale remov-
Base component
ing.
0831 redbrown
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 100, Code-No. 387-0100

LINDOKOTE ZS-SHOPPRIMER 215- 141-142

Quick-drying shop primer for use in automatic plants for mill *1800 redbrown
scale removing for shipbuilding and steel constructions.
Paste
0880 redbrown
Thinner: CS-Verdnnung, Code-No. 105-0200 binder
0801 colourless
LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINK 215- 143-145
PC
Zinc dust for high-quality coatings against corrosion on sand- *0700 grey 9.002
blasted steel surfaces for steel framed constructions, ship-
building as well as machines, containers etc. Can also be
paste
used as coating against corrosion without following finishes or
as primer under suitable finishes. Silicate zinc shows pure 0701 grey
anorganic layers with high abrasion strenght. binder
0702 colourless

Thinner: CS-Verdnnung, Code-No. 105-0200

*contains as combination base and hardener component


delivery time on request

9
2-PACK PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUBFARBE 74 377- 146-147

Zinc dust primer for two component coating systems with *0074 grey
protection against corrosion.
Base component
0774 grey
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 618, Code-No. 387-0618

OLDOPOX ZM 377- 148-149


PC
Zinc dust primer for one and two pack coating systems for *0066 green 2.001
steel, steel water and shipbuilding. Excellent adhesion on steel 2.004
and cleaned galvanised surfaces. 2.005
Base component
0766 green 8.002
8.201
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 613, Code-No. 387-0613
8.202
8.203

OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 377- 150-151


PC
Two pack zinc dust paint acc. to the regulations of the Deut- *0079 grey 4.003
sche Bahn AG TL 918300, page 87, to be used as first primer
8.101
for two component coating systems with excellent high protec- Base component
tion against corrosion in the steel and steel water industry as
0779 grey
well as in the ship building industry.

Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135


Hardener: EP-Hrter 82, Art.-Nr. 387-0082

2K-FLLGRUND 312- 152-153

Fast recoatable filler on 2 pack polyurethane basis with active 0060 light grey
protection against corrosion for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium.

Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0132


Hardener: PUR-Hrter 150, Code-No. 385-0150

OLDOPOX EP-GRUND 320- 154-155

Two pack epoxy primer for steel constructions. *6629 greygreen

Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135


Base component
Hardener: EP-HRTER 610, Code-No. 387-0610 0629 greygreen

*contains as combination base and hardener component


delivery time on request

10
2-PACK PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX EG 1 .DECK TL 325- 156-157
PC
The two pack intermediate and finishing coat manufactured on *0702 silvergrey 3.003
epoxy resin base, iron mica/aluminium-pigmented, is in *0703 anthracite 4.002
accordance with the regulations of the Deutsche Bundesbahn
AG TL 918 300, Sheet 87, and serves to apply thick-coated 4.003
protective coatings against corrosion on steel and as a sealer
Base component 5.001
between OLDOPOX zinc dust and one- or two pack coatings. 7702 silvergrey
7703 anthracite
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-Hrter 610, Code-No. 387-0610

OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK 324- 158-159


PC
Two pack epoxy coating pigmented with micaceous iron oxide *0702 silvergrey 2.002
and aluminium for corrosion protection of steel. Can also be *0703 antracite 2.004
used as a tiecoat on zinc dust paints and 1 or 2 pack topcoats. 2.005
Base component 4.001
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 7702 silvergrey
Hardener: EP-Hrter 610, Code-No. 387-0610 7703 antracite

delivery time on request


*contains as combination base and hardener component

11
WATERBASED PRIMER
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOCOR W ? 235- 160-161
Schweissprimer
0323 redbrown
Waterbased, quick-drying welding-primer with excellent water
resistance for steel constructions.
Correspond to the DVS guiding principle 0501 of the SLV.

Thinner: Water

2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER SE ? 314- 162-163


Quick drying waterbased, 2-pack primer, special pigmented
and excellent water resistance for sand-blasted steel plates
0323 redbrown
and profiles for shipbuilding and steel constructions.
Especially suitable for use in automatic plants for mill scale
removing. Correspond to the DVS guiding principle 0501 of
the SLV.

Thinner: Destilled water


Hardener: EP-Hrter W 801, Code-No. 387-0801

2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER K ? 314- 164-165


Quick drying waterbased, 2 pack primer with excellent water
resistance for sand-blasted steel plates and profiles for ship-
0311 redbrown
building and steel constructions.
Especially suitable for use in automatic plants for mill scale
removing. Correspond to the DVS guiding principle 0501 of
the SLV.

Thinner: Destilled water


Hardener: EP-Hrter W 801, Code-No. 387-0801

delivery time on request

12
1-PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
BFALIN KUNSTHARZLACK 466- 166-167
PC
High glossy, quick drying weather-resisting and sturdy one 1.001
pack synthetic resin varnish for steel constructions, vehicles, 6.202
machineries and ships in the above water line. 6.401
6.405
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No.: 101-0115 (Spraying)
6.406
Lackverdnnung, Code-No. 101-0100 (Brushing)
Price group 1 Stock up
Assignment of shades see survey page 27
For RAL shades
466-9901 Basislack 1 0110 starwhite
466-9902 Basislack 2 6011 green
466-9904 Basislack 4
7001 silvergrey
7032 lightgrey
7035 lightgrey
9002 greywhite
9005 deep black
9010 white

0036 redbrown

Price group 2 Stock up


Assignment of shades see survey page 27
466-9903 Basislack 3 For RAL shades
466-9911 Basislack 11 5010 gentian blue
5012 lightblue
5015 skyblue
6001 signalgreen
6002 green
6018 yellowgreen
9006 white aluminium

Price group 3 Stock up


Assignment of shades see survey page 27 For RAL shades
466-9905 Basislack 5 1007 narcissus yellow
466-9907 Basislack 7 1021 rapeyellow
2000 yellow orange
2002 blood orange
2004 orange
2011 orange dark
3000 flaming red
3002 red
5002 ultramarineblue

385-0140
BFALIN SPEZIALHRTER

Drying, film hardening and gloss can be varied with Bfalin


Spezialhrter (mixing ratio: 10:1 parts by volume).

13
1-PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
RELIUS PROFI SATIN 439- 168-170

Satin glossy synthetic resin for inside and outside use. Aro-
matic hydrocarbons free and mild in odor. Excellent weather
resistance, high impact and scratch resistance. Quick drying,
high hiding, gloss stable, high cleaning stability.

Thinner: Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-1645

POLYHRTER 255 437-


Drying, film hardening and gloss can be varied with Polyhrter
255 (Mixing ratio 10:1 part by volume). 0033 colourless

ZP-Einschichtlack DS 422- 171-172


satinglossy PC 1.002

Zinc phoshat containing, quick drying thick layer building


synthetic resin for iron, cast iron and steel surfaces.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-01115

Price group 1 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surey page 26 For RAL-shades
5012 light blue
5015 sky blue
7001 silvergrey
9002 grey white
9205 black

Price group 2 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surey page 26 For RAL-shades
6011 green
7032 pebble grey
7035 light grey
7350 grey
9010 white

Price group 3 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surey page 26 For RAL shades
5010 gentian blue

Price group 4 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surey page 26 For RAL-shades
2002 blood orange
3000 flaming red
3020 signalred

Price group 5 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surey page 26 For RAL shades
1004 golden yellow
1007 narcissus yellow
1018 zinc yellow
1021 rape yellow
2000 yellow orange
2004 orange

14
1-PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT 440- 173-174

Thick coat metal protective system in one- pack process with 0804 old cooper
excellent adhesion. Long-time-rust protection with high resisti-
5010 gentianblue
bility against agressive atmosphere.
6011 green
7001 silvergrey
9002 grey white
Thinner: Code-No. 101-0115 9005 dark blue
9006 whitealuminium
9007 greyaluminium
9010 white

OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER 445- 175-177


PC
Weather resistant thick top coat based on polymer resin, 2.003
micaceous iron strenghtend. Field of application: see 3.002
OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

Price group 1
DB Material-Nr. 677-71 DB 701 0701 silvergrey
DB Material-Nr. 677.73 DB 703 0703 anthrazit

Price group 2
DB Material-Nr. 677.51 DB 501 0510 blue
DB Material-Nr. 677.61 DB 601 0601 silvergreen
OLODOSIT V DICKSCHICHT 444- 178-179
EISENGLIMMER PC
1.101
Weatherproof thick top coat against corrosion based on 2.102
polymer resin. Specially for the coating of galvanised con-
structions. Durable against aggressive chemical atmosphere. 0601 silvergreen
Correspond to TL 918 300
sheet 75
0701 silvergrey

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115


DB Material-Nr. 675.61
DB Material-Nr. 675.72

OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EGM 444- 178-179


PC
One-coat paint based on chlorinated polymers, combined with 1.103
special synthetic resin. Quick drying, weatherproof with excel-
lent adhesion on galvanised surfaces like high tension masts,
0069 green
micaceous iron strenghtend.
Corresponds to TL 918 300, sheet 75.

DB Material-Nr. 675.69 DB 601

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

ACRYLAT TOPCOAT 459- 180-181


PC
Universal top coat based on acryl resin for the domain boot- 0036 redbrown 6.402
top, deck and topside. 6.407
0110 starwhite
6002 green 6.408
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115
7001 silvergrey 6.412
9005 black 6.413

further colour shades on request

delivery time on request


+ runs out

15
2-PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDPOX EP 325 325- 182-183
PC
Decontamination certifical included. *7032 siliceous grey 2.001
Epoxy coat on steel and concrete. Results in dense and even *9010 white
film thickness with excellent hardness, abrasion and impact 2.002
resistance and chemical resistance. 3.003
Chalking effect if used outside. Base component 4.101
7732 siliceous grey
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135 9710 white
Hardener: EP-HRTER 610, Code-No. 387-0610

OLDODUR ADN SEIDENGLANZ 311- 184-186

2 pack polyurethane topcoat as finishing coat. Excellent


weather resistance and light fastness. Highest surface hard-
ness and flexiblity.

Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung,
Code-No. 103-0132
Hardener: PUR-HRTER 150, Code.-No. 385-0150

Price group 1
Assignment of shades see survey page 26

Price group 2
Assignment of shades see survey page 26

Price group 3
Assignment of shades see survey page 26

Price group 4
Assingment of shades see surrvey page 26

Price group 5
Assignment of shades see survey page 26

*contains as combination base and hardener component

16
2-PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDODUR ADN 316- 187-189
glossy PC
Acryl-polyurethane coat as topcoat for 2 pack coating sys- 1.102
tems. Correspond to highest demands on weather and light 4.101
resistance as well as stability of gloss. Highest surface hard- 6.409
ness and flexibility.
6.410
Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung (kurz), Code-No. 103-0132 6.414
6.415
Price group 1
Assignment of shades see survey page 26

Price group 2 Stock up


Assignment of shades see surrvey page 26 For RAL shades
7712 RAL 7012 grey
7732 RAL 7032 siliceous grey
9710 RAL 9010 white

Price group 3
Assignment of shades see survey page 26
Price group 4
Assignment of shades see survey page 26
Price group 5 Stock up
Assignment of shades see survey page 26 For RAL shades
2704 RAL 2004
orange
PUR-HRTER 150 385-0150

OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 313- 190-191


2. DECK PC
2.004
Polyurethane top coat pigmented with micaceous iron ore /
2.005
aluminium. Satin glossy layers with excellent weather resis-
tance and light fastness. Excellent protection against corro- 2.101
sion. For coatings on steel constructions of all kinds and 4.001
concrete. 4.002
Correspond to TL 918 300, sheet 87. 4.003
5.001

Price group 1
DB Material-Nr. 687.51 DB 501 *0501 blue
DB Material-Nr. 687.52 DB 502 *0502 blue
DB Material-Nr. 687.63 DB 603 *0603 silvergreen
DB Material-Nr. 687.60 DB 610 *0610 green
DB Material-Nr. 687.71 DB 701 *0701 silvergrey
DB Material-Nr. 687.72 DB 702 *0702 silvergrey dark
DB Material-Nr. 687.73 DB 703 *0703 anthracite
Price group 2
DB Material-Nr. 687.31 DB 301 *0301 red
DB Material-Nr. 687.53 DB 503 *0503 blue
DB Material-Nr. 687.50 DB 510 *0510 blue
DB Material-Nr. 687.61 DB 601 *0601 silvergreen
DB Material-Nr. 687.62 DB 602 *0602 green
Price group 3
DB Material-Nr. 687.30 DB 310 *0310 red
DB Material-Nr. 687.74 DB 704 *0704 grey green

Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung (short), Code-No. 103-0132


Hardener: PUR-HRTER 150, Code-No. 385-0150
delivery time on request
*contains as combination base and hardener component

17
2- PACK FINISHES
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT 367- 192-194

Solvent free, elastic, polyurethan liquid synthetic for high thin- 7612 grey
layered surface of steel roads and sidewalks. Acc. to BAST-
guideline Dnnbelge auf Stahl.
Base component
Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung (kurz), Code-No. 103-0132 7812 grey
Hardener: PUR-HRTER 460, Code-No. 385-0460

OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE 353- 195-196

Accelerated, solventfree polyurethane synthetic for thick- 0062 green ca. RAL 6002
layered surfaces of huge steel surfaces e.g. containers,
throughs. Processing only mechanical with 2 component
spraying maschines. DB certificate has been submitted.

Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung (kurz), Code-No. 103-0132

PUR-HRTER 461 385-0461 brownish transparent

OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE 353- 197-198

Field of application like OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE, 6200 green ca. RAL 6002
Code-No. 353-0062. As edge protection applicable by hand.

Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung (kurz), Code-No. 103-0132

PUR-HRTER 460 385-0460 brownish transparent

PUR-ACRYL FINISH 308- 199-200


PC
Two pack polyurethane finish with excellent weathering resis- *0110 starwhite 6.411
tance, gloss- and colour retention. The product can be used on
all areas requiring a durable finish such as industrial installa-
tions or ship-building.
Base component
Thinner: PUR-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0132 9410 starwhite
Hardener: PUR-HRTER 308, Code-No. 385-0308
further colour shades on request

STETECOLOR SW 361- 201-202


PC
Solventfree and tar free epoxy liquid synthetic for application
on steel, concrete and fibre increased concrete as well as
8.002
*3900 redbrown
thick layer coating for steel constuctions in the building con-
struction and steel water industry for underwater coatings in *9900 black
the ship building industry.
Base component
3970 redbrown
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 14, Code-No. 387-0014 9970 black

STETECOL 340- 203-205


PC
Two pack reactive synthetic coat as protectioncoat for purifi- *0039 redbrown
cation plants, steel construction and steel water industry, for
8.001
underwater coatings in the ship building industry. Usage on
*0099 black 8.101
steel, concrete and cement surfaces.
Base component
0739 redbrown
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
Hardener: EP-HRTER 612, Code-No. 687-0612
0796 black

*contains as combination base and hardener component


delivery time on request

18
CONTAINER INTERIOR COATINGS
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX LG DECK 359- 206-208
PC
Solvent-free two pack expoy coating directly on sand-blasted *0611 green 7.001
steel surfaces and on mineral surfaces which have been *9010 white
prepared with OLDOPOX LG GRUND. Suitable fr food
packing and drinking water ranks. Acc. To KTW guidelines.
Base component
Thinner: Verdnnung fr OLDOPOX LG, Code-No. 105-0122 7611 green
9710 white
Handverarbeitung:
Hardener: EP-HRTER 656, Code-No. 387-0656

Spritzverarbeitung:
Hardener: EP-HRTER 124, Code-No. 387-0124

19
ANTIFOULING
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
ANTIFOULING COASTLINE 522- 209-210

Tinfree antifouling for use in northern waters and innerlakes. 0032 redbrown
Drydocking interval between 8 12 months.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

ANITFOULING LONGLIFE 522- 211-212

High performance, modified antifouling with special selected 2039 redbrown


tinfree biocides. 2095 black
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-no. 101-0115

ANTIFOULING ECOSHIP 522- 213-214

Self polishing tinfree antifouling. The product can be used for 5013 blue
ships sailing at slow to medium speeds. Contains a high 5034 pink
amount of active compounds such as copperoxide and co-
5039 redbrown
biocides.
5095 black
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135

FREELINE 522- 215-216


Biocide-free, selfpolishing underwater coating for ships with 4139 redbrown
higher speed and short dock time. 4134 pink
Easy to clean. Based on a copolymertechnic.

Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135

+ only delivery until the end of 2002.From 2003 legal ban of application in the EU.

20
HOLD-, TANK AND BILGECOATINGS
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
OLDOPOX BWT 354- 217-218
(BALLASTWATER) PC
4115 sandyellow
6.302
Anticorrosive coating for protection of ballast tanks, behind 4172 grey
linings and cargo holds.
Base component
Thinner: EP-Verdnnung, Code-No. 103-0135
4715 sandyellow
Hardener: EP-HRTER 543, Code-No. 387-3543
4798 black
BILGENFARBE 413- 219-220

Water- and oil resistant coating for bilges. 7001 silvergrey


Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

LADERAUML 110- 221-222


PC
Cargo hold preservation coating with good penetration prop- 0330 redbrown
ertis. Besides protective effects, a high content of linseed oil 6.101
0750 greygreen
offers the advantage of good covering and easy application 6.104
0906 aluminium
properties, preferably by airless-spray. The coating dries up
to a flexible and impact-resistant film.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Art.-Nr. 101-0115

delivery time on request

21
MISCELLANEOUS
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
RELIUS HOLZSIEGEL GLOSS 438- 223-224

Glossy, high-quality, aromatic-free, robust plastic scaling coat 5054


for use in- and outside.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

RELIUS HOLZSIEGEL SATIN 439- 223-224

Satinglossy, quick drying high quality robust PU-resin for wood 5054
at ships and boats at the above waterline. For inside and
outside use.

Thinner: Verdnnung AF, Code-No. 101-1645

TAGESLEUCHTFARBE 454- 225-226

Fluorescent paint for inside and outside use. A white base- 2005 orange
coat is required in order to get the fluorescent appearance. 3024 light red
The weathering resistance and colour retention can be im-
? 0064 green
proved by recoating with UV-Varnish.
? 1023 yellow
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code.-No. 101-0115
Other colours shades on request

UV - VARNISH 121- 227-228


Quick-drying varnish for TAGESLEUCHTFARBE. 0070 colourless
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

LEINLFIRNIS 121-1011 229-230


Colourless preservative for woodareas
.

ALU LACKFARBE 600 514- 231-232


HR-PAINT

Heat resistant silicon based paint for inside and outside use. 0093 silver 600C
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

ALU BRONZE F bis 380C 514- 233-234


PC
Heat-resistant resin coating up to +380C for inside use. 0091 aluminium
9.001
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

delivery time on request

22
MISCELLANEOUS
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
ALUMINIUM ROSTSCHUTZFARBE 510- 235-236
PC
Weatherproof resin-aluminium-paint for protection against rost. 0091 aluminium
Stable at dry heat up to +200C. 9.003

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Art.-Nr. 101-0115

BITUMENLACK S 051- 237-238

Solventborne, bituminous based protective coating for concrete-0015 black


and steel substrates. Also usable for inland navigation vessel in
underwater and outboard area.

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

LINDOBLACK HB 587- 239-240


PC
High effective bituminous, anticorrosive for the protection 0997 black
of behind linings, ballast tank, cofferdam and anchor locks. 6.203

Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

SCHULTAFELLACK 262- 241-242


Mat coat, markable with chalk. 0090 black
Thinner: KH-Verdnnung, Code-No. 101-0115

IDEKOLIT HARTTROCKENL 121-

0080 colourless
HALLTEX GEWEBEFINISH A2 392- 243-244

Scrubbable, satin glossy special caot for Halltex Glasgewebe. 0064 white
Low flammable acc. to IMO Resolution A 653 (16)

ANTISLIP-POWDER 109-0811

RADIKAL ABBEIZER 582-0005 245-246

Fireproof, free from acid paint remover. IWL tested. Expert


opinion has been submitted.

23
THINNERS
Product and material description Code-No. See system no. Technical data
Colour-Shade sheet
Page
LACKVERDNNUNG V 100 101-0100

Brushing thinner for resign varnishes,


flash point above +21C.

KH-VERDNNUNG 101-0115

Brushing and spraying thinner for resign primer and resign


finishes, flash point above.

NITRO-VERDNNUNG 103-0120
For tool- and machine cleaning, flash point beneath +21C.

PUR-VERDNNUNG (short) 103-0132

Thinner for PUR- and PUR-ACRYL coatings, flash point above


+21C.

PUR-AIRLESS VERDNNUNG L (long) 103-0140

Thinner for PUR- and PUR-ACRYL coatings, flash point above


+21C.

PUR VERDNNUNG L (long) 103-0144

Thinner for PUR- and PUR-ACRYL coatings, flash point above


+21C.

EP-VERDNNUNG 103-0135
Thinner for coatings based on epoxy, flash point beneath
+21C.

VERDNNUNG AF 101-1645

Thinner for aromatic free resin primer and sythetic, resin


Varnishes.

CS-VERDNNUNG 105-0200
Thinner for e.g. TU-UNIVERSAL-GRUNDIERUNG and ZI-
NKSILIKAT-SHOPPRIMER, flash point above +21C.

UNIVERSAL-VERDNNUNG 103-0130

Universal thinner for synthetic resign varnishes, flash point


above +21C.

REINIGUNGSVERDNNUNG 103-0321

Thinner for tool cleaning.


VERDNNUNG FR OLDOPOX LG 105-0122

Thinner for OLDOPOX LG Art.-No.: 359-colour shade

24
HARDENER AND BASE-COMPONENT OVERVIEW
HARDENER COMPONENT BASE COMPONENT Mixing ratio:
Base/hardenerpart by
Code-No. Product name Code-No. Product name volume
215-0701 LINDOKOTE ETHYL- 215-0702 LINDOKOTE ETHYL- 65 : 35
SILIKATZINK PASTE SILIKATZINK BINDER
215-0880 LINDOKOTE ZS 215-0801 LINDOKOTE ZS SHOP- 1:2
SHOPPRIMER PASTE PRIMER BINDER
385-0140 BFALIN SPEZIAL- 466-Farbton BFALIN KUNSTHAR- 10 : 1
HRTER ZLACK
385-0150 PUR-HRTER 150 312-0060 2K-FLLGRUND 15 : 1 n. G.
311-Farbton OLDODUR ADN SDGLZD 5:1
313-Farbton OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 10 : 1 n. G.
316-Farbton OLDODUR ADN 5 : 1 n. G.
385-0308 PUR-HRTER 308 308-9410 PUR - ACRYL FINISH 4,1 : 0,9

385-0460 PUR-HRTER 460 367-7612 OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT 6 : 1 n. G.


353-6200 OLDODUR 353 STREICH- 2,5 : 1 n. G.
MASSE
385-0461 PUR-HRTER 461 353-0062 OLDODUR 353 SPRITZ- 2,5 : 1 n. G.
MASSE
387-0014 EP-HRTER 14 361-3970/-9970 STETECOLOR SW 6 : 1 n. G
387-0082 EP-HRTER 82 377-0779 OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 95 : 5 n. G.
377-0774 OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB- 95 . 5 N: g:
FARBE 74
387-0100 EP-HRTER 100 381-0831 LINDOKOTE EP-SHOP - 65 : 35
PRIMER
387-0124 EP-HRTER 124 359-7611/-9710 OLDOPOX LG 2 : 1 n. G.
387-0420 EP-HRTER 420 321-7815/-0071 OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG 85 :15 n. G.
387-0610 EP-HRTER 610 320-0629 OLDOPOX EP GRUND 3,4 : 1

}
323-0738 OLDOPOX ZINK-
323-8712 8,1 : 1 n. G.
PHOSPHAT - GRUND
324-7702/-7703 OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK 4,25 : 1
325-7732/-9710 OLDOPOX EP 325 5 : 1 n. G:
325-7702/-7703 OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL 5 : 1 n. G.
387-0612 EP-HRTER 612 320-0738/-8712 OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT 5 : 1 n. G.
GRUND TL

340-0739
340-0799 } STETECOL
89 : 1 n. G.

340-1238
340-1296 } STETOKOL NK 4,9 : 1

387-0613 EP-HRTER 613 325-3179


325-7175
325-9175
} OLDOPOX ARC
Wintergrade
1,22 : 1

346-0739-0971 OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 1,5 : 1


-7701
377-0766 OLDOPOX ZM 3,7 : 1

25
HARDENER AND BASE-COMPONENT OVERVIEW
HARDENER COMPONENT BASE COMPONENT Mixing ratio:
Art.-Nr. Bezeichnung Art.-Nr. Bezeichnung Base/hardenerpart by
volume

387-0656 EP-HRTER 656 359-7611 OLDOPOX LG 1 : 0,7


359-9710 (Fresh Water)
387-0700 EP-HRTER 700 325-3179
325-7175
325-9175
} OLDOPOX ARC 4,2 : 1

387-0801 EP-HRTER W 801 314-0311 2K-HYDRO EP SHOP- 30 : 1


314-0323 PRIMER K 15 : 1
2K-HYDRO EP SHOP-
PRIMER SE
387-3543 EP-HRTER 543 354-4715 OLDOPOX BWT 1 : 1,7
354-4798 (BALASTWATER)
387-3545 EP-HRTER 545 354-3770 OLDOPOX SEALER 1,85 : 1

26
ASSIGNMENT OF RAL- SHADES TO PRICE GROUPS
The assignment of RAL shades are valid only for finishes marked with .

PRICE GROUP

RAL 1000, 1001, 1002, 1011, 1013, 1019, 1020, 1024, 1034, 3012, 3014, 4007, 4009,
5001, 5012, 5015, 5018, 5024, 6012, 6013, 6015, 6021, 6022, 6025, 6033, 7000,
7001, 7002, 7003, 7005, 7008, 7010, 7013, 7022, 7023, 7030, 7031, 7033, 7036,
7037, 7039, 7045, 7047, 8000, 8001, 8003, 8007, 8008, 8014, 8015, 8016, 8017,
8019, 8022, 8023, 8024, 8025, 8028, 9001, 9002, 9004, 9005, 9017, 9018

PRICEGROUP 2

1014, 1015, 1027, 1033, 3015, 4004, 4005, 4006, 5000, 5005, 5007, 5008, 5011,
RAL
6000, 6001, 6003, 6008, 6009, 6011, 6014, 6016, 6017, 6019, 6020, 6024, 6026,
6027, 6028, 6032, 6034, 7004, 7006, 7009, 7011, 7012, 7015, 7016, 7021, 7024,
7026, 7032, 7034, 7035, 7038, 7040, 7042, 7043, 7044, 7046, 8002, 8004, 8012,
9003, 9010, 9016

PRICE GROUP 3

RAL 1012, 1037, 3009, 3013, 3018, 3022, 3031, 4008, 4010, 5003, 5004, 5009, 5010,
5013, 5014, 5017, 5019, 5020, 5021, 5022, 5023, 6004, 6005, 6006, 6029, 8011,
9011
PRICE GROUP 4

RAL 2002, 3000, 3001, 3002, 3003, 3005, 3007, 3011, 3016, 3017, 3020, 3027, 4001,
4002, 4003, 5002, 6002, 6007, 6010, 9006

PRICE GROUP 5

1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1016, 1017, 1018, 1021, 1023, 1028, 1032, 2000,
2001, 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 3004, 3007, 6018

27
ASSIGNMENT OF RAL-SHADES TO PRICE GROUPS (ART-NO. 466-)

The Assignment fo RAL-shades are valid for topcoat BFALIN Kunstharzlack, Code-No.
466-colour shade.

PRICE GROUP 1

RAL 1000, 1001, 1011, 1013, 1014, 1015, 1017, 1018, 1019, 1024, 1034, 2012, 3012,
3015, 3017, 3022, 4001, 4003, 4005, 4008, 4009, 5000, 5001, 5009, 5012, 5014,
5019, 5024, 6000, 6011, 6013, 6019, 6027, 6034, 7000, 7001 , 7004, 7009,
7010, 7015, 7023, 7024, 7030, 7032, 7035, 7036, 7037, 7038, 7040, 7042, 7043,
7044, 7045, 7046, 7047, 8025, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9010 , 9016, 9018

PRICEGROUP 2

RAL 1002, 1020, 3014, 5007, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5023, 6021, 6033, 7002, 7003, 7005,
7006, 7011, 7012, 7031, 7033, 7034, 7039

PRICEGROUP 3

RAL 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1012; 1021, 1023, 1027, 1028, 1032, 1033, 1037,
2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 3000, 3001, 3002, 3003,
3004, 3005, 3007, 3009, 3011, 3013, 3016, 3018, 3020, 3027, 3031, 4002, 4004,
4006, 4007, 5003, 5004, 5005, 5008, 5010, 5011, 5013, 5020, 5021, 5022, 6001,
6002, 6003, 6004, 6005, 6006, 6007, 6008, 6009, 6010, 6012, 6014, 6015, 6016,
6017, 6018, 6020, 6022, 6024, 6025, 6026, 7008, 7013, 7016, 7021, 7022, 7026,
8000, 8001, 8002, 8003, 8004, 8007, 8008, 8011, 8012, 8014, 8015, 8016, 8017,
8019, 8022, 8023, 8024, 8028, 9004, 9005, 9011, 9017

28
OVERVIEW COATING SYSTEMS
Examples for typical surroundings in a moderate climate Corrosion Surface System Page
category S = Steel Groups
GF = hot gal-
vanised steel
Interior Exterior S GF
Heated buildings in a neutral at- C1 X 1.0 30-31
mosphere: insignificantly
Offices, shops, schools
1.1 32-34
Unheated buildings where conden- Atmospheres with small pollution C2 X
sation can occur: and dry climate. Mostly rural low
Camps, sport resoundings ranges.

Production area with high damp- City and industry atmosphere, C3 X 2.0 35-39
ness and a bit air pollution: moderate impurities by sulfur moderate
Plants for food production, laun- dioxide. Coastal ranges with X 2.1 40-41
dries, breweries, dairies small salt load.

Industrial area: Industrial area and coastal C4 X 3.0 42-44


Chemical plants, swimming ranges with moderate salt load: intense
pools Boat house over water level
Industrial area with high damp- C5-I X 4.0 45-47
ness and aggressive atmos- Very intense
phere: Industry X 4.1 48
Chemical plants
Coastal and offshore areas with C5-M X 5.0 49
high salt load: Very intense
Derricks, shipyards Ocean
Thin-covering reaction resin X 6.0 50-59
bonded on steel:
Roadways, service bars,
crushed stone troughs

Coatings for X 6.1 60-63


loading spaces in the navigation

Coatings for X 6.2 64-66


decks, walls, behind linings in
the internal area of ships
Reaction resin-bound coatings on X 6.3 67-68
steel:
Ballast water tanks, sewage
tanks, chain lockers

Coatings for above water areas: X 6.4 69-83


Decks, superstructures etc. in
the navigation
Tank interior coatings for X 7.0 84
drinking water and filling materi-
als of the warning category AI,
AII, group of B and AIII
River engineerings, Im1 X 8.0 85-86
hydro-electric power plants Freshwater
Port ranges with steel structures Im2 X 8.1 87-88
such as air-locks, gates and Ocean and
chamber water gates. brackish water
Coatings in under water areas: X 8.2 89-94
Shipbuilding and maintenance
of ships

Heatproof coatings within the dry Heatproof coatings within the dry X 9.0 95-97
range: range:
vulcanize -, drying ovens Fire-places, rotating furnaces

29
COATING SYSTEM: GROUP 1.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 1.001
A quick-drying coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions as well as for repair or maintenance sys-
tems.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.
As per DIN ISO 12944, part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer thick- Building block
layers use ness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 1X 85 40


coat Art.-No. 266-colour shade is
matched to top coat as per deliv- ml/m m
ery programme

Topcoat AK BFALIN TRANSUNILAC 3.31, 2X Each 100 each 40


Art.-No. 466-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 120 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944- 4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C1 C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense in-
Insignificant Low load Moderate load Intense load dustrial environment
short medium long shor medium long short me- long short medium long short medium long
t dium

There is a limitation as to how well the period of durability and endurance can be deducted concerning the categories of
corrosion. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

30
COATING SYSTEM: GROUP 1.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 1.002
A thick-filming and quick-drying coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer thick- Building block
layers use ness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 1X 170 80


coat Art.-No. 266-colour shade is
matched to top coat as per ml/m m
delivery programme

Topcoat AK ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK DS, 1X 240 80


Art.-No. 422-colour shade
g/m m

Total layer thickness = 160 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C1 C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense
Insignificant Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

31
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 1.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 1.101
A coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.
As per DIN ISO 12944, part 5.
As per Deutschen Bahn AG regulations , TL 918 300, Page 75.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Topcoat Polymer OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT, - 1X 220 80


resin Art.-No. 444-colour shade as per
DB colour card ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 80 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
shor medium long short me- long short medium long short medium long short medium long
t dium

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

32
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 1.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 1.102
A two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, 1X 225 80


coat Art.-No. 321-0815 red brown
g/m m

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR ADN, 1 - 2 X each 100 each 40


PUR Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme g/m m

Total layer thickness = 120 / 160


m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short me- long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long
dium

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

33
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 1.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 1.103
A thick-film coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel, especially
intended for electrical railway pylons, high voltage masts and light posts.
Method of application is by brush application!
As per Deutschen Bahn AG regulations, TL 918 300, Page 75.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer and Polymer OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EGM, 1X 330 120


Topcoat resin Art.-No. 444-0069 green
ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 120 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
shor medium long short medium long short me- long short medium long short medium long
t dium

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

34
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 2.001
A two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying. OLDOPOX ZM can be applied after preparing the
surface by hydroblasting, standard DW3, STG- guideline 2222 even with the presence of minimal residual mois-
ture.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 105 50


coat Art.-No. 377-0066 green
g/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX 325, 1X 105 50


coat Art.-No. 325-colour shade is
matched to top coat as per deliv- g/m m
ery programme

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR ADN, 1X 105 40


PUR Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
2
delivery programme g/m m

Total layer thickness = 140 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short me- long short medium long short me- long short medium long short medium long
dium dium

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

35
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 2.002
A two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT- 1X 210 80


coat GRUND,
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown, g/m m
Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow,
colour shade is matched to top coat

Topcoat EP OLDOPOX 325, 1X 85 40


Art.-No. 325-colour shade as per
delivery programme g/m m

Alternative:

Topcoat EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK, 1X 235 80


Art.-No. 324-colour shade as per DB
colour card g/m m

Total layer thickness = 120/ 160


m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 1/2.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

36
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 2.003
A thick-film coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting and airless spraying.
As per Deutschen Bahn AG regulations, TL-918 300, page 77.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Builiding block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- Polymer OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND, 1X 175 80


coat resin Art.-No. 246-1002 sand yellow
ml/m m

Topcoat Polymer OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EG, 1X 170 80


resin Art.-No. 445-colour shade as per DB
colour card ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 160 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short me- long short medium Long short medium long short medium long
dium

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

37
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 2.004
A two-pack coating system primarily used for manually or mechanically prepared surfaces found in steel buildings
and steel constructions as well as for repair or maintenance systems.
OLDOPOX ZM can be applied after preparing the surface by hydroblasting, standard DW3, STG- guideline 2222
even with the presence of minimal residual moisture.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 85 40


coat Art.-No. 377-0066 green
ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK, 1X 235 80


coat Art.-No. 324-colour shade as per DB
colour card g/m m

Topcoat PUR-AY OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. 1X 220 80


DECK,
Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per DB g/m m
colour card

Total layer thickness = 200 m

Adhesion and compatibility with previous coatings should be checked by means of a test patch when using the
coating system for repairs or maintenance.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa2,
PSa 2 respectively St 3.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

38
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 2.005
A two-pack coating system primarily used for manually or mechanically prepared surfaces found in steel buildings
and steel constructions as well as for repair or maintenance systems.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying. OLDOPOX ZM can be applied after preparing the
surface by hydroblasting, standard DW3, STG- guideline 2222 even with the presence of minimal residual mois-
ture.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 85 40


coat Art.-No. 377-0066 green
ml/m m

1. Intermediate EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK 1X 235 80


coat Art.-No. 324-0702 dark silver grey
g/m m

2. Intermediate EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK 1X 235 80


coat Art.-No. 324-0703 anthracite
g/m m

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. 1X 220 80


PUR DECK,
Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per DB g/m m
colour card

Total layer thickness = 280 m

Adhesion and compatibility with previous coatings should be checked by means of a test patch when using the
coating system for repairs or maintenance.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness St 3.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

39
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 2.101
A two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel and aluminium.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, 1X 235 80


coat Art.-No. 321-0815, red brown
g/m m

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 1x 220 80


PUR 2. DECK,
2
Art. No. 313-colour shade as per DB g/m m
colour card

Total layer thickness = 160 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

There is a limitation as to how well the period of durability and endurance can be deducted concerning the categories
of corrosion. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

40
COATINGS SYSTEMS: GROUP 2.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 2.102
A thick-film coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.
As per Deutschen Bahn AG regulations, TL 918 300, Page 75.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- Polymer OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EIS- 2X each 220 each 80


coat and resin ENGLIMMER,
Topcoat Art.-No. 444-colour shade as per ml/m m
delivery programme

Total layer thickness = 160 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long Short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

41
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 3.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 3.001
A thick-film, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer and EP OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND, 2X each 210 each 80


Intermediate Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow
coat g/m m
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown

1. Topcoat EP OLDOPOX 325, 1X 105 50


Art.-No. 325-colour shade is matched to
top coat as per delivery programme g/m m

Topcoat AY- PUR ACRYL-DECKLACK, 1X 105 40


PUR Art.-No. 309-colour shade as per delivery
programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 250 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

42
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 3.002
A thick-film, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.
As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- Polymer OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND, 2X each 315 each 80


coat resin Art.-No. 246-8012 red brown, g/m m
Art.-No. 246-1002 sand yellow for
colour shade variation

Topcoat Polymer OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EG, 1X 170 80


resin Art.-No. 445-colour shade as per DB
colour card ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 240 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

43
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 3.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 3.003
A thick-film, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND, 1X 210 80


coat Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown
g/m m

1. Topcoat EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL, 1X 240 80


Art.-No. 325-0702 dark silver grey
g/m m

Topcoat EP OLDOPOX 325, 1X 135 50


Art.-No. 325-colour shade as per deliv-
ery programme g/m m

Total layer thickness = 210 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

44
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 4.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 4.001
A thick-film, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
The preferable method of application is by airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT- 1X 210 80


coat GRUND,
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown g/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX ZINPHOSPHAT- 1X 210 80


coat GRUND,
Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow g/m m

1. Topcoat EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK, 1X 235 80


Art.-No. 324-0702 silver grey
g/m m

Topcoat AY-PUR OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. 1X 220 80


DECK,
2
Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per DB g/m m
colour card

Total layer thickness = 320 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

45
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 4.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 4.002
A thick-filming coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
The preferable method of application is by airless spraying.
As per Deutsche Bahn AG regulations, TL 918 300, Page 87.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer and EP OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT- 2X each 220 each 80


Intermediate GRUND TL, g/m m
coat Art.-No. 320-0038 sand yellow

1. Topcoat EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL, 1X 240 80


Art.-No. 325-0702 dark silver grey
g/m m

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR EG 2. DECK, 1X 220 80


PUR Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per
DB colour card g/m m

Total layer thickness = 320 m

OLDODUR ADN AS, glossy satin, RAL colour shade as per delivery programme, can also be used as topcoat.
Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

46
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 4.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 4.003
A thick-filming, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions.
The preferable method of application is by airless spraying.
As per Deutsche Bahn AG regulations, TL-918 300, Page 87.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB, 1X 395 80


coat Art.-No. 377-0079 grey
g/m m

1. and 2. Inter- EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL, 2X each 240 each 80


mediate coat Art.-No. 325-0702 dark silver grey
Art.-No. 325-0703 anthracite for g/m m
Colour shade variation, final colour
shade is matched to top coat

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR EG 2. DECK, 1X 220 80


PUR Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per
DB colour card g/m m

Total layer thickness = 320 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

There is a limitation as to how well the period of durability and endurance can be deducted concerning the categories
of corrosion. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

47
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 4.1
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 4.101
A two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel and alu-
minium.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.
As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, 1X 230 80


coat Art.-No. 321-0815 red brown
g/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX 325, 1X 160 60


coat Art.-No. 325-colour shade is
matched to top coat as per delivery g/m m
programme

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR ADN, 1X 100 40


PUR Art.-No, 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme g/m m

Total layer thickness = 180 m

OLDODUR ADN AS, glossy satin, Art.-No. 316 can also be used for the topcoat, with a layer thickness of 80 m.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

48
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 5.0
Dual Corrosion Protection System PC 5.001
A thick-filming, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and steel constructions made of hot galvanized steel
and aluminium.The preferable method of application is by airless spraying. As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, 1X 225 80


coat Art.-No. 321-0815 red brown
g/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL, 1X 240 80


coat Art.-No. 325-colour shade is
2
matched to top coat as per delivery g/m m
programme

Topcoat AY- OLDODUR EG 2. DECK, 1X 220 80


PUR Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per DB
2
colour card g/m m

Total layer thickness = 240 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4.

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
C2 C3 C4 C 5-I Very intense C 5-M Very intense
Low load Moderate load Intense load industrial environment ocean environment
short me- long short medium long short medium long short medium long short medium long
dium

There is a limitation as to how well the period of durability and endurance can be deducted concerning the categories
of corrosion. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

49
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.001
A coating system for hydraulic steel constructions and wear resistant coatings as well as for horizontal and sloped
areas, containers and steel constructions. Suited for areas with great mechanical wear. Alternative to DIN EN
ISO 12944, Part 5. Only to be applied with a 2 pack spraying device.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 1X 105 50


coat Art.-No. 312-0034 red brown
g/m m
Topcoat PUR OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE, 1 - 2 X 1,2 kg/m/ 2300
Art.-No. 353-0062 green wet in mm
m
wet
If necessary:

To preserve AY-PUR OLDODUR EG 2. DECK, 1X 220 80


colour shade Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per 2
g/m m
of exterior DB colour card
coatings

Total layer thickness = 2300 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944- 4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Ballast


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

50
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.002
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (3mm), system B, for service gangways and platforms. The coatings are
resistant to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various diluted
acids and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Theoretical use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0234
2
Texture substance Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Intermediate coat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (1 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 1,5 kg/mm/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (2 mm SSD)


2
Art.-No. 367-7612 2,0 kg/mm/m
1: 1 filled with
Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 0,7 - 1,2 mm.

Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide to corresponding granulation. Theoretical use: 3kg/m

2
Sealer AY-PUR OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
(if needed)
delivery programme

Variable Approximate total layer thickness = 3000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

51
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.003
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (3mm), system A, for service gangways and platforms. The coatings are
resistant to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various diluted
acids and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Theoretical use Building block

2
Primer/ PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Basecoat Art.-No. 312-0234 red brown
2
Texture substance Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (3 mm SSD)


2
Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 1,7 kg/mm/m
1: 1 filled with
Quartz sand 0,06 - 1,2 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 0,7 - 1,2 mm.

Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide with corresponding granulation.


2
Sealer AY- OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
PUR Art.-No. 316- colour shade as per
(if needed)
delivery programme

Variable Approximate total layer thickness = 3000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

52
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.004
An accelerated, solvent free, thick-filming coating system. The coatings are resistant to abrasion, mechanical
wear, diluted acids and lyes, salt and fresh water. Suited for extensive steel areas with high mechanical wear such
as ballast (gravel as found between railroad ties) troughs, tanks and steel machinery. Only to be applied with a 2
pack spraying device.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0034 red brown

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE, (5 mm SSD)


2
Art.-No. 353-0062 green 1,2 kg/mm/m

If necessary PUR OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE, as needed


(to touch up flaws) Art.-No. 353-6200 green

Total layer thickness = 5000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water


Ballast
traffic traffic load
load
light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

53
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.005
An accelerated, solvent free, thick-filming corrosion protection coating system. The coatings are resistant to abra-
sion, mechanical wear, diluted acids and lyes, salt and fresh water. Suited for extensive steel areas such as bal-
last (gravel as found between railroad ties) troughs and tanks which are exposed to weather conditions. Deutsche
Bahn AG regulation TL-918300 to be adhered to when coating ballast troughs.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0034 red brown

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE, (SSD > 5 mm)


Art.-No. 353-0062 green as needed

If necessary PUR OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE, as needed


(to touch up flaws) Art.-No. 353-6200 green
2
Topcoat AY-PUR OLDODUR EG 2. DECK, 220 g/m
Art.-No. 313-colour shade as per DB
colour card

Total layer thickness = 5100 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Ballast


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Outer

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

54
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.006
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (6mm), system B, for sidewalks, bicycle paths and roads. The coating sys-
tem is resistant to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various
diluted acids and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0032 red brown
2
Texture substance Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Intermediate coat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (1 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 1,5 kg/mm/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (5 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 1,7 kg/mm/m
1 : 1 filled with
Quartz sand 0,06 - 1,2 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 0,7 - 1,2 mm.
2
Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide to corresponding granulation. Theoretical use: 4 kg/m
2
Sealer AY-PUR OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
(if needed) delivery programme

Total layer thickness = 6000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load
light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

55
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.007
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (6mm), system A, for sidewalks, bicycle paths and roads. The coating sys-
tem is resistant to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various
diluted acids and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0032 red brown
2
Texture substance Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (6 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 1,7 kg/mm/m
1 : 1 filled with
Quartz sand 0,06 - 1,2 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 0,7 - 1,2 mm.
2
Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide to corresponding granulation. Theoretical use: 4 kg/m
2
Sealer AY-PUR OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per deliv-
(if needed)
ery programme

Total layer thickness = 6000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

56
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.008
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (15mm), system A, for roads and RoRo bridges. The coatings are resistant
to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various diluted acids
and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/ Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 110 g/m
Art.-No.312-0234 red brown
2
Texture substance Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (15 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 2,0 kg/mm/m
1: 2 filled with
Quartz sand 0,06 - 3,0 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 2 - 3 mm.
2
Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide to corresponding granulation. Theoretical use: 4 kg/m .
2
Sealer AY-PUR OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
(if needed)
delivery programme

Total layer thickness = 15000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

57
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 6.009
Thin-covering, reaction resin bonded (15mm), system B, for roads and RoRo bridges. The coatings are resistant
to high abrasion, high mechanical wear, oil and grease. Resistant to most solvents and to various diluted acids
and lyes.

Position Basis Material specifications Use Building block

2
Primer/Basecoat PUR OLDODUR GRUND, 105 g/m
Art.-No. 312-0032 red brown
2
Texture substance PUR Quartz sand 0,06 - 0,3 mm 0,3 kg/m

Intermediate coat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (1 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 2
1,5 kg/mm/m

Topcoat PUR OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT, (14 mm SSD)


Art.-No. 367-7612 basalt grey 2
1 : 2 filled with 2,0 kg/mm/m
Quartz sand 0,06 - 3 mm

The wet coating should be saturated with the texture substance Mandurax 2 - 3 mm.
2
Alternative: Quartz sand or silicon carbide to corresponding granulation. Theoretical use: 4 kg/m
2
Sealer AY-PUR OLDODUR ADN, 850 g/m
Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per deliv-
(if needed)
ery programme

Total layer thickness = 15000 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Pedestrian Vehicular Water Chemical


traffic traffic load load

light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense light medium intense

Out-
side

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims thereof necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

58
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.0
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.010
Service alleyway, cofferdams, void spaces

Economic two-pack low solvent containing epoxy intermediate and finish coating for strong protection against
corrosion. Usable in the above and underwater area. The cured coating has a high resisting power against abrasion
and is easy to clean.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 1X 270 200


coat Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Total layer thickness = 200 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

59
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.1
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.101
Cargo holds
Cargo hold conservation with a high penetration effect. The protecting effect caused by a high proportion of boiled
linseed oil. Further it has the advantage of a high covering rate and easy processing. The cured coating is elastic
and impact resistant.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 2X each 170 each 80


coat Art.-No. 266-0010 white
Art.-No. 266-0036 red brown ml/m m
Art.-No. 266-0072 grey

Topcoat AK LADERAUML, 1X 80 35
Art.-No. 110-0330 red brown
Art.-No. 110-0750 grey green ml/m m
Art.-No. 110-0906 aluminium

Total layer thickness = 195 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

60
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.1
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.102
Cargo holds

Unsaponifiable coating system.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- CR CR Primer, 1X 200 75


coat Art.-No. 251-0097 red brown
Art.-No. 251-0197 dark grey ml/m m

Topcoat CR CR Primer, 1X 200 75


Art.-No. 251-0097 red brown
Art.-No. 251-0197 dark grey ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 150 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

61
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.1
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.103
Cargo holds

Economic two-pack low solvent containing epoxy intermediate and finish coating for strong protection against
corrosion. Usable in the above and underwater area. The cured coating has a high resisting power against
abraision and is easy to clean.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Basecoat EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT, 1X 260 200


Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Total layer thickness = 200 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

62
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.1
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.104
Cargo holds

Cargo hold conservation with a high penetration effect. The protective effect caused by a high proportion of boiled
linseed oil. Further it has the advantage of a high covering rate and easy processing. The cured coating is elastic
and impact resistant.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 1X 260 200


coat Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Topcoat AK LADERAUML 1X 80 35
Art.-No. 110-0330 red brown
Art.-No. 110-0750 grey green ml/m m
Art.-No. 110-0906 aluminium

Total layer thickness = 235 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

63
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.201
Decks and interior walls (undisguised), behind linings

High build quick-drying primer for steel constructions, ships as well as temporary and transport coat. Can also be
used as an intermediate coat. Low inflammable. Not for underwater areas.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 1X 170 80


coat Art.-No. 266-- colour shade is
matched to top coat as per ml/m m
delivery programme

Total layer thickness = 80 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

64
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.202
Decks and interior walls (undisguised)

Strainable synthetic resin coating system with protective and decorative attributes.
Low inflammable.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 1X 170 80


coat Art.-No. 266- colour shade is ml/m m
matched to top coat as per deliv-
ery programme

Topcoat AK BFALIN Kunstharzlack, 1X 100 40


Art.-No. 466-colour shade as per ml/m m
delivery programme

Total layer thickness = 120 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

65
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.2
Corrosion Protection -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.203
Interior walls and behind linings

High efficacious, bituminous coating for the protection of behind linings, void space, cofferdam and chain lockers.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- Bitumen LINDOBLACK HB, 1X 200 100


coat Art.-No. 587-0997 black
ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 100 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

66
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.3
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.301
Ballast water tanks, sewage tank, chain lockers

Based on a two pack epoxy coating. As per Deutsche Bahn AG regulations, TL 918300, page 81.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP STETEKOL NK, 1X 300 150


coat Art.-No. 340-1038 brown
Art.-No. 340-1096 black ml/m m

Topcoat EP STETEKOL NK, 1X 300 150


Art.-No. 340-1038 brown
Art.-No. 340-1096 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

67
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.3
Corrosion Protection -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.302
Ballast water tanks, sewage tank, chain lockers

Protective corrosion coating for ballast water tanks, void spaces and cargo holds.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX BWT, 1X 450 300


coat Art.-No. 354-4115 sand yellow
Art.-No. 354-4172 grey ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

68
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.401
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

A quick-drying alkyd resin coating, low flammable.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 3X each 100 each 40


coat Art.-No. 266-0010 white
Art.-No. 266-0036 red brown ml/m m
Art.-No. 266-0072 grey

Topcoat AK BFALIN Kunstharzlack, 1X 100 40


Art.-No. 466-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 160 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

69
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.402
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Acrylic resin coating for bootop, deck, topside areas.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- CR CR Primer, 3X each 200 each 75


coat Art.-No 251-0097 red brown
Art.-No 251-0197 black ml/m m

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No 459-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 275 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

70
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.403
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Acrylic resin coating for bootop, deck, topside areas with a light coloured finish.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- CR CR Primer, 3X each 125 each 40


coat Art.-No. 251-0110 light grey
ml/m m

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No. 459-0110 white
ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 170 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

71
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.404
Topside Areas, Decks, Superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating for above and underwater areas at ships.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base-
EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT, 1X 170 125
coat
Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey
Topcoat
EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT, 1X 170 125
Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Total layer thickness = 250 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

72
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.405
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating for above and underwater area at ships.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base-
EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT, 2X each 170 each 125
coat
Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Topcoat AK BFALIN Kunstharzlack, 1X 100 40


Art.-Nr. 466-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 290 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

73
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.406
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating with thick-filming chromate free two-pack epoxy primer.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat Grund, 2X each 170 each 100


coat Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown ml/m m

Topcoat AK BFALIN Kunstharzlack, 1X 100 40


Art.-No. 466-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 240 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

74
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.407
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating for above and underwater areas at ships.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 2X each 170 each 125


coat Art.-No 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No 346-7001 grey

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No 459-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

75
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.408
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating with thick-filming chromate free two-pack epoxy primer.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat, 1X Each 170 100


coat Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
ml/m m

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No. 459-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 200 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

76
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.409
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating for above and underwater areas at ships.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT, 2X each 170 each 125


coat Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-0901 white ml/m m
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey

Topcoat PUR-AY OLDODUR ADN, 1X 120 60


Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 310 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

77
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.410
Topside Areas, Decks, Superstructure etc.

Protective corrosion coating with thick-filming chromate free two-pack epoxy primer.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat, 2X each 170 each 100


coat Art.-No. 323-0038 sand yellow
Art.-No. 323-8012 red brown ml/m m

Topcoat PUR-AY OLDODUR ADN, 1X 100 60


Art.-No. 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 260 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

78
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.411
Topside areas, decks, superstructures etc.

Protective corrosion coating with thick-filming chromate free two-pack epoxy primer.
Winter quality.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat, 2X each 170 each 100


coat Art.-No. 327-0038 sand yellow
Art.-No. 327-8012 red brown ml/m m

Topcoat PUR-AY PUR-ACRYL-FINISH, 1X 100 60


Art.-No. 308-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 260 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

79
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.412
Topside areas, decks, superstructures etc.

Strainable coating system for application during summer months.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/ Under- EP OLDOPOX ARC, 2X each each


coat Art.-No. 325-3109 red brown
Art.-No. 325-7135 grey 250 125

ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
ml/m m

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No. 459-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 350 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

80
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.413
Topside areas, decks, superstructures etc.

Strainable coating system for application during winter months.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/ Under- EP OLDOPOX ARC, 2X each 250 each 125


coat Art.-No. 325-3109 red brown
Art.-No. 325-7135 grey ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
ml/m m

Topcoat AY ACRYLAT Topcoat, 1X 100 50


Art.-No. 459-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 350 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

81
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.414
Topside Areas, Decks, Superstructure etc.

Flexible coating system for application during summer months.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ARC, 2X each 250 each 125


coat Art.-No 325-3109 red brown
Art.-No 325-7135 grey ml/m m

Topcoat PUR-AY OLDODUR ADN, 1X 100 60


Art.-No 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 310 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

82
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 6.4
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 6.415
Topside areas, decks, superstructure etc.

Flexible coating system for application during winter months.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ARC, 2X each 250 each 125


coat Art.-No 325-3309 red brown
Art.-No 325-7335 grey ml/m m

Topcoat PUR-AY OLDODUR ADN, 1X 100 60


Art.-Nr. 316-colour shade as per
delivery programme ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 310 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

83
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 7.0
Interior Tank Coating PC 7.001
Interior coating for potable water tanks and coating for steel constructions in which foodstuff is contained.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer and modified OLDOPOX LG DECK, 3X each 240 each 150


Topcoat EP Art.-No. 359-0611 green
Art.-No. 359-9010 white g/m m

Total layer thickness = 450 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944- 4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

In accordance with the existing test report for the above mentioned application.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

84
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 8.001
A thick-filming, two-pack, high solid coating system for steel buildings and hydraulic steel constructions. The pref-
erable method of application is by airless spraying.
As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Topcoat EP-T STETECOL, 1X 310 130


Art.-No. 340-0099 black
EP-T STETECOL, 1X 310 130
Art.-No. 340-0039 red brown
EP-T STETECOL, 1X 330 140
Art.-No. 340-0099 black
g/m m

Total layer thickness = 400 m

The protection system can also be applied onto concrete.


Please refer to our technical data sheet.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944

Im 1 Im 2 Im 3

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

85
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 8.002
A thick-filming, two-pack, high solid coating system for steel buildings and hydraulic steel constructions as well as
for repair and maintenance system. The preferable method of application is by airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 105 50


coat Art.-No. 377-0066 green

Topcoat EP STETECOLOR SW; 2X each 380 each 250


Art.-No. 361-3900 red brown
Art.-No. 360-9900 black g/m m

Total layer thickness = 550 m

When used as a repair or maintenance system the old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be
checked by means of a test patch first.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944
Im 1 Im 2 Im 3

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

86
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.1
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 8.101
A thick-filming, two-pack, high solid coating system for steel buildings and hydraulic steel constructions.
The preferable method of application is by airless spraying. As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB, 1X 245 50


coat Art.-No. 377-0079 grey
2
g/m m

Top coat EP-T STETECOL, 1X 310 130


Art.-No. 340-0099 black
EP-T STETECOL, 1X 310 130
Art.-No. 340-0039 red brown
EP-T STETECOL, 1X 330 140
Art.-No. 340-0099 black
g/m m

Total layer thickness = 450 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944

Im 1 Im 2 Im 3

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

87
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 8.102
A thick-filming, solvent free, two-pack coating system for steel buildings and hydraulic steel constructions.
As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Topcoat EP-T STETECOL LMF, 1-2X each each


Art.-No. 360-0095 black 1,48 1000
kg/m m

Total layer thickness = 1000 m

The method of application is by use of a spatula.

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Loading Spectrum

Expected duration of protection for the categories of corrosion according to DIN ISO 12944

Im 1 Im 2 Im 3

Out of the classification into different categories of corrosion a durability and endurance can only be deduced provi-
sory. See DIN ISO 12944, Part 5.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

88
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.201
Under water areas

Unsaponifiable basecoat on steel in under water areas.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

1. Basecoat EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 150 50


Art.-No. 377-0066 green
ml/m m

2. Basecoat CR CR-PRIMER, 3X each 200 each 75


Art.-No. 251-0097 red brown
Art.-No. 251-0197 grey ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 275 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as the fact
that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and number of
coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

This edition
information
renders
canall
and
previous
should information
be taken asinvalid.
advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims thereof necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

89
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.202
Under water areas

Aluminium free basecoat on steel in under water areas for shipbuilding and maintenance.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

1. Basecoat EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 150 50


Art.-No. 377-0066 green
ml/m m

2. Basecoat Vinyl VINYL BARRIER NK, 3X each 200 each 75


Art.-No. 470-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 470-1905 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 275 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

90
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.203
Under water areas

Coating system with very good adhesion characteristics on hydraulic steel constructions and under water areas of
ships.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

1. Basecoat EP OLDOPOX ZM, 1X 150 50


Art.-No. 377-0066 green
ml/m m

2. Basecoat EP STETECOL NK 3x each 200 each 125


Art.-No. 340-1038 brown
Art.-No. 340-1096 black ml/m m

3. Basecoat Vinyl VINYL BARRIER NK, 1X 150 50


Art.-No. 470-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 470-1905 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 475 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

91
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.204
Under water areas

Protective corrosion coating for above and under water areas of ships.
Winter quality.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX MULTICOAT 1X 350 250


coat Art.-No. 346-0039 red brown
Art.-No. 346-7001 grey ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
Art.-No. 470-1905 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

92
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.205
Under water areas

Two-pack epoxy coating system with high abrasion characteristics for protection against mechanical damages at
under water areas and water line courses.
Summer quality.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ARC 2X each 250 each 125


coat Art.-No. 325-3109 red brown
Art.-No. 325-7135 grey ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
Art.-No. 470-1905 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

93
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 8.2
Corrosion Protection System -Navigation- for Steel PC 8.206
Under water areas

Two-pack epoxy coating system with high abrasion features for protection against mechanical damages at under
water areas and water line courses.
Winter quality.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- EP OLDOPOX ARC 2X each 250 each 125


coat Art.-No. 325-3309 red brown
Art.-No. 325-7335 grey ml/m m

Intermediate EP OLDOPOX SEALER, 1X 180 50


coat Art.-No. 354-3170 grey
Art.-No. 470-1905 black ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 300 m

Topcoat ANTIFOULING as required

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

94
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 9.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 9.001
A coating system with especially high temperature resistance for the interior of steel buildings and steel construc-
tions. Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer and AK ALU BRONCE F, 1-2X 130 20


Art-No. 514-0091 silver
Topcoat
ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 40 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Categories of corrosion Temperature resistance (C)

C1 C2 100 150 200 250 300 350 400


Insignificant load Low load

The expected period of protection can only be Dry heat


determined on an individual basis.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

95
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 9.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 9.002
A coating system with especially high temperature resistance for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying. As per DIN EN ISO 12944, Part 5.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Topcoat ESI LINDOKOTE ETHYL- 1X 165 80


SILICATZINK,
2
Art.- No. 215-0700 grey ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 80 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Categories of corrosion Temperature resistance (C)

C2 C3 100 150 200 250 300 350 400


Low load Moderate load

The expected period of protection can only be Dry heat


determined on an individual basis.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

96
COATING SYSTEMS: GROUP 9.0
Corrosion Protection System for Steel PC 9.003
A coating system with high temperature resistance for steel buildings and steel constructions.
Methods of application: painting, rolling or airless spraying.

Position Basis Material specifications No. of Theoretical Layer Building block


layers use thickness

Primer/Base- AK KORROTAL 266, 1X 170 80


coat Art.-No. 266-0072 light grey
ml/m m

Topcoat AK ALUMINIUM ROSTSCHUTZ- 2X each 50 each 25


FARBE,
Art.-No. 510-0091 aluminium ml/m m

Total layer thickness = 130 m

Surface preparation must be in compliance with DIN ISO 12944-4, Standard Degree of Cleanliness Sa 2 .

Categories of corrosion Temperature resistance (C)

C2 C3 100 150 200 250 300 350 400


Low load Moderate load

The expected period of protection can only be Dry heat


determined on an individual basis.

This edition renders all previous information invalid.


This information can and should be taken as advice and without obligation. Due to the fact that processing and application are beyond our control as well as
the fact that the various basecoatings and claims there of necessitate an agreement as to how the coatings are to be structured, that is, on the procedure and
number of coatings, it is our clients responsibility to ensure that our products are suitable for the intended purposes.

97
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

TU-UNIVERSAL PRIMER
Quick-drying one-pack primer with excellent adhesion on steel, aluminium and galvanised steel for usage in in-
dustrial areas.

Art.-No. 213-0320/-0611/-0760
Type of binder Modified synthetic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,05 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 19%


Weight: approx. 36%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 60 sec. DIN 4mm flow cup


Mixing ratio Not applicable
Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0320 red brown -0760 light grey


-0611 green

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 670 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of: 25 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 150 g/m resp. 135 ml/m
Approx.: 7 m/kg resp. 8 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for material temperature
Min. +1 C to max. +40 C for air- and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After appr. 15 min. After appr. 30 min. After appr. 1 hour After appr. 2 days

Forced drying: 15 minutes at +120 C


10 minutes at +140 C
Do not recoat with light baking enamel. Danger of bleeding. The flash off time
should be minimum 10 minutes, prolonging leads to a better coating result.

98
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
TU-UNIVERSAL PRIMER
Art.-No. 213-0320/-0611/-0760

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


When fully cured, TU-Universal primer is resistant against petrol and mineral spirits. The primer can be recoated
with appropriate one- or two pack coating systems. The coating is heat-resistant continuously up to 150 C and
intermittent up to 200 C - colour shifting.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
Surface coverings (like oil, fat, salt, dirt etc.) on zinc plates and galvanised steel caused by after treatment, trans-
port and installation must be remover. Aluminium should be cleaned intensivly. Dismovage of filler metal of unlike
kind according DIN 55928. No usage of alkaline detergents for washings.

Standard coating system:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress. The surfaces coated with TU-
UNIVERSAL-GRUNDIERUNG can be recoated with any type of RELIUS base- and topcoats based on sythetic
resin, nitro cellulose, bitumen, tar, epoxy resin, polyurethan. By usage of primer and topcoats based on PVC and
chlorinated rubber, it is adviced to make trial coatings for testing the intercoat adhesion.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Method Air pressure spraying Airless-spraying Brushing, rolling, dipping
Spraying pressure 3,0 - 4,0 bar 120 - 180 bar Brushing and rolling in
of jet approx. 1,5 1,8 mm 0,28 - 0,33 mm delivery consistency. The
number of applications 1 - 2 cross-coats 1 cross-coat dipping viscosity has to be
adapted to the object.
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 10 - 15 % 0-5%
The spraying viscosity has to be adapted to the condition at the plant.
With airless-spraying a dry layer thickness of 80 m can be reached. With brushing, rolling or dipping the layer
thickness is less.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 EB-213-0320-0611-0760

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

99
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

KORROTAL 266
Thick, quick drying corrosion protection primer for steel constructions and shipbuilding as well as intermediate
coating. Low flame-spread characteristics acc. to IMO Res. MSC.61 (67) (FTP-Code), Annex 1, Part 5.

Art.-No. 266-colour shade


Type of binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,35 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 45 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 67 % depending on colour shade
Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

VOC-value Approx. 450 g/l depending on colour shade

Gloss / 60 Matt

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Method of application Spraying, brushing, rolling or dipping

Dry film thickness, At a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on a flat surface


Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 230 g/m or 170 ml/m
Approx.: 4 - 5 m/kg or 5 - 6 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for air and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5C 2 Hours
At +10C 90 Minutes not applicable
At +20C 60 Minutes
At +30C 40 Minutes

100
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
KORROTAL 266
Art-.No. 266-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


KORROTAL 266 is a fast drying, active corrosion protection primer for steel construction and shipbuilding. If
thinned even as intermediate coat on wood usable. The material is resistant at a dry heat up to + 80 C. Low
flame-spread characteristics acc. to IMO Res. MSC.61 (67) (FTP-Code), Annex 1, Part 5.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system. The substrate has
to be clean, dry, solid and free of rust, rolled skin and other foreign layers. Best results can be obtained if blasting
metallic clean acc. to Sa 2 , DIN 55 928, part 4. Remove old coats. If they can be recoated roughen and derust
beforehand.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Steel Wood
Primer 1 - 2 x 80 m Raw wood has to be primed with a
KORROTAL 266 anti mould fungus coat, for example Relius
Holzschutzgrund
Intermediate coat -- 1 x approx. 80 m KORROTAL 266 with ap-
prox. 10 % KH-Thinner

Top coat 1 x 40 m BFALIN Kunstharzlack Art.-No. 466- colour shade or


Art.-No. 467- colour

or RELIUS Profi Gloss / Satin Art.-No. 438/439- colour shade

or PUR-ACRYL TOPCOAT Art.-No. 397- colour shade

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 inch at delivered viscosity
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
The spraying viscosity has to be adapted to the condition at the plant. With airless-spraying a dry layer thickness
of 80 m can be reached. With brushing, rolling or dipping the layer thickness is less. When spraying, dry air must
be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 br-266-colour shade
Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

101
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

RELIUS OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV

Metal protecting synthetic resin primer and top coat with active protection against corrosion and high penetration
effect for all steel profiles and steel constructions, inside and outside.

Art.-No. 270-2033/-2073
Type of binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,15 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 50 %


Weight: approx. 65 %
Viscosity (+20C) 150 seconds DIN 4 mm flowcup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

VOC-value Approx. 375 g/l

Degree of Gloss / 60: Glossy

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.
Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of X m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 95 g/m or 80 ml/m
Approx.: 10 11 m/kg or 12 13 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for air and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
after approx. 6 after approx. 10 after min. approx. after approx. 7
hours hours 24 hours days
max. approx. 7
days
Forced drying: Not applicable

102
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
RELIUS OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV
Art-.No. 270-2033/-2073

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


RELIUS OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV results in a tough-flexible, hard film. The pigments offer a special protection
of the surface. The coating shows a good heat resistance and is applicable therefore also for heater pipes and
heating systems. Good stability also with damp warmth (greenhouse atmosphere). Temperature stability with dry
heat briefly with approx.. +200C. At temperatures of +100C a colour change can occur, in particular with the
grey colour. Not suitably for container interior coatings and in the underwater area.

Surface preparation:
The substrate has to be clean, dry, solid and free of rust, rolled skin and other foreign layers. Remove old coats. If
they can be recoated roughen and derust beforehand. When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and
adhesion should be checked by means of a trial coating first.

Standard coating systems:


Basecoat on steel 2 x 40 m RELIUS OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV
Intermediate and Topcoat RELIUS OLDORIT ANTIKORROSIV can be used as Topcoat. However if
higher ruggedness and weathering are demanded, then further two layers
are necessary.

Application method:
Method Air pressure spraying Airless-spraying Brushing, rolling, dipping
Spraying pressure 4,0 - 5,0 bar 160 - 200 bar Brushing and rolling in delivery
of jet 1,5 mm 0,28 - 0,33 mm consistency. The dipping vis-
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 max. 10 % max. 5 % cosity has to be adapted to the
object.
The spraying viscosity has to be adapted to the condition at the plant.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 270-2033/-2073

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

103
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

SILICON-ZINKSTAUBFARBE
Zinc dust primer for corrosion protection systems with high heat resistance at steel and industrial constructions.

Art.-No. 204-7152
Type of binder Silicone resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,94 g/ml

Solid content By Volume; approx. 62%


By Weight; approx. 89%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 65 seconds DIN 4mm flowcup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Grey

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 330 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and With a dry film thickness of: 30 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 145 g/m resp. 50 ml/m
Approx.: 6 - 7 m/kg resp. 20 m/l
Recommended is a dry film thickness for 1 application 30 m, for 2 applications
40 m in total.

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +35C for air- and substrate temperature.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 0,5 After approx. 4 After approx. 12 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days

104
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
SILICON-ZINKSTAUBFARBE
Art.-No. 204-7152

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


SILICON-ZINKSTAUBFARBE is a primer for anti-corrosive coating systems with high heat resistance at steel and
industrial constructions. The coating itself is dry heat-resistant up to +500C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system.
Steel The surface has to be clean, dry, solid and free of mill scale, rust and other foreign coats. The
best results in case of steel can be obtained by blasting according to DIN 55928, part 4 standard
degree of cleanliness Sa 2 , metallically clean respectively according to DIN ISO 12944-4.
Apply the coating immediately after the steel has been blasted and the quality of the steel has
been approved.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
System 1 System 2
SILICON-ZINKSTAUB, 1 x 30 m or 1 x 30 m
Art-No. 204-7152, grey 2 x 20 m = 40 m
SILICON Eisenglimmer, - 1 x 30 m
Art.-Nr. 514-0076, grey
ALU-LACKFARBE 600, 2 x 20 m = 40 m - 1 x 30 m
Art.-No. 514-0093,
aluminum coloured
The indicated dry film thickness may be not substantially exceeded, since otherwise the danger of chipping off
exists at later temperature changes. The air-dried coating is weather-proof, remains however thermoplastic. A
hardening will be reached after approx.. 1 hour with an operating temperature of min. 200 degrees.

Application method:
Air pressure Airless spraying Brushing, rolling
Pressure: 3,5 - 4,0 bar 120-180 bar In delivery consistency
jet: 1,5 mm 0,38 - 0,46 mm/
Number of application: 1 1
Thinner Art.-No. 0 - 10 % 0-5%
101-0115:

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 EB 204-7152

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

105
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

MULTIGRUND 2000
Synthetic resin-combination-multigrund for steel, galvanized steel, aluminum, brass, copper, wood and other
synthetics. Unleaded and free of chromate. For interior and exterior. Shipbuilding: above sea-level.

Art.-No. 277-colour shade


Type of binder Synthetic resin combination
Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,25 g/ml

Volume Solid content Volume: approx. 41 %


Weight: approx. 59 %

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0013, beige


-0036, red-brown
-0061, reseda-green, approx. RAL 6011
-0075, light-grey
Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 520 g/l depending on colour shade

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx.
12 months. Already opened cans keep well closed and use very fast.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Thickness of film and consump- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 60 m on even surfaces
tion (per application), spreading Theoretical: approx. 185 g/m resp. 145ml/m
rates Approx.: 5 6 m/kg resp. 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different
properties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN
53220.

Application conditions Air and object temperature: min. +1C to max. +30C
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % rel. air Dust dry Tack free Refinishable
humidity) After approx. 1 hours After approx. 3 hours After approx. 4 hrs.
(brushing / rolling /
dipping)
or after approx. 1 hour
(spraying)
Forced drying: After 15 min. at 80C

106
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
MULTIGRUND 2000
Art.-No. 277-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Reworkable with alkyd resin colours of Art.-Group 438-, 439-, 466-, 467- and 486- as well as OLDOSIT Metal
Protect, Art.-No. 440-colour shade. Also reworkable with two-component epoxy resin and polyurethane top coats
as well as one-component acryl top coat.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system. The surface has to
be clean, dry, solid and free of rust, rolled skin and other foreign layers. Best results can be obtained if blasting
metallic clean acc. to Sa 2 , DIN 55 928, part 4. Remove old coats. If they can be recoated roughen and derust
before.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1 2 x 60 m MULTIGRUND 2000, for steel and galvanized steel surfaces
1 x 30 40 m MULTIGRUND 2000, for aluminum, brass and copper surfaces
Top coat: 1 x 40 m BFALIN KUNSTHARZLACK, Art.-No. 466-, 467-colour shade
(for example) or OLDOCOR W DECKLACK, Art.-No. 486-colour shade
or PUR-ACRYL 888, Art.-No. 395-colour shade
1 x 80 m OLDOSIT Metal Protect, Art.-No. 440-colour shade

Application method:
Airpressure spraying Airless spraying Brushing, rolling, dipping

Spraying pressure 3,0 4,0 bar 120 180 bar Brushing and rolling in deliv-
ery consistency. The dipping
of jet Approx. 1,5 mm 0,28 0,33 mm viscosity has to be adapted
to the object.
Number of applications 1 2 cross-coats 1 cross coats

Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 Approx. 10 % 05%

The spraying viscosity has to be adapted to the condition at the plant.

Spraying airless a dry layer thickness of 80 m can be reached. Layer thickness is thinner when brushing, rolling
or dipping.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 De-277-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

107
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND
Weather-resistant, thick-coated primer serving as protection for steel surfaces according to regulations of Deut-
sche Bahn AG, page 77, for outside and inside.

Art.-No. 246-1002/-8012
Binder basis Polymerisat resin alkyd resin - combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,5 g/ml

Volume Solid content Volume: approx. 46 %


Weight: approx. 70 %

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicabel

Colour shade 1002 sand-yellow (DB 677.02)


8012 redbrown (DB 677.06)

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 469 g/l


Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for 12 months. Already
opened cans keep well closed and use very quickly. Keep protected against
frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on even surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 255 g/m resp. 175 ml/m
Approx. 3 - 4 m/kg resp. 5 - 6 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions: Min. +5C to max. +30C for air and object temperature
Air humidity: < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 1 After approx. 2 After approx. 16 After approx. 7
hour hours hours days
Forced drying: Not applicable

108
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND
Art.-No. 246-1002/-8012

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


As per regulations of Deutsche Bahn AG (DB) TL 918300, Sheet 77, OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND is a
primer which protects steel surfaces from corrosion due to aggressive atmosphere. Recommended dry film thick-
ness of each coat of paint: 80 m. Temperature resistant at dry heat up to 60C.

Preparation of substrate:
Preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Steel: The substrate has to be clean, dry and from rolling skin, rust and other layers. Best
results are obtained when pretreatment by blasting. Standard Degree of Purity: Sa 2
according to DIN ISO 12944-4.
When de-rusting manually by rust removing hammer, scraper, wire brush and rotating
grinding wheel, it is especially difficult to clean and de-rust angles and edges of sub-
strate. Coats on such a kind of substrate are of shorter pot life than those on blasted
surfaces.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1-2 x 80 m OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT-GRUND, 246-colour shade
Top coat: 1-2 x 80 m OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT 446-colour shade or
1-2 x 80 m OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT (Eisenglimmer), 445-colour shade

Application method:
Spraying method Air pressure Airless spraying Brushing, rolling
Pressure: 3,0 - 4,0 bar compression: 1:60 In delivery consistency. Apply mate-
jet: 1,5 - 2,0 mm 0,38 mm/0,015 inch rial quickly with light pressure to
Number of application: 1 2 cross coats prevent a loosening or tearing of
layers underneath. If thinner is
Thinner Art.-No. 101-0115: approx. 10 % 0-5%
added dry layer thickness might be
reduced.
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Br-246-1002/-8012

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

109
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

ZINKOLIN
One-pack zinc dust paint designed as a primer in coating systems for excellent protection against corrosion.
Can also be used for maintenance of two-pack zinc dust primers.

Art.-No. 215-0080
Type of binder Epoxyester

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,5 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 51%


Weight: approx. 82%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Grey

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 425 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and With a dry film thickness of: 80 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 380 g/m resp. 155 ml/m
Approx.: 2,7 m/kg resp. 6,4 m/l
Recommended is a dry film thickness of 50 m 80 m

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 0,5 After approx. 1 After approx. 6 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Forced drying: After 20 min. at 50C

110
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
ZINKOLIN
Art.-No. 215-0080

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ZINKOLIN offers good steel protection in steel construction works and industrial constellations. The coating itself
is dry heat-resistant up to 120 C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1 x Zinkolin, grey, Art.-No. 215-0080, 50-80m dry film thickness
Top coat: 1 x 80 m OLDOSIT Dickschicht Eisenglimmer, Art.-No. 445-colour shade
1 x 80 m OLDOSIT Dickschicht Eisenglimmer, Art.-No. 445-, colour change
Instead of OLDOSIT Dickschicht Eisenglimmer, Art.-No. 445-, also OLDOSIT Dickschicht,
Art.-No. 446- colour shade can be used

Application method:
Spraying method Air pressure Airless spraying Brushing, rolling
Pressure: 3,0 - 4,0 bar 120-180 bar In delivery consistency just recommend for
jet: 1,5 mm 0,28 - 0,38 mm/ small areas.
Number of application: 2 cross-way 1 2 cross-way
Thinner Art.-No.
101-0115: Approx. 10 % 0-5%
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 RM-215-0080

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

111
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

ZINKOLIN silber
Special silvery zinc dust primer as active corrosion protection of welding and sharpening places of hot galvanized
constructions.

Art.-No. 215-7156
Type of binder Modified synthetic resins

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,25 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 44%


Weight: approx. 80%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 65 seconds DIN 4 mm flowcup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Grey-silver

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 460 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and With a dry film thickness of: 40 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx.: 215 g/m resp. 95 ml/m
Approx.: 4 - 5 m/kg resp. 11 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature.
Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity) After approx. 0,5 After approx. 1 After approx. 6 After approx. 24
hour hours hours hours
Forced drying: Not applicable

112
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
ZINKOLIN silber
Art.-No. 215-7156

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ZINKOLIN, silber, is suitable only for steel surfaces for protection against corrosion. By its bright, grey-silvery col-
our particularly suitably for touching up and repairing welding and sharpening places of hot galvanized construc-
tions. Do not revise wide with one or two-pack materials.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants.

Application method:
Spraying method Air pressure Brushing, rolling
Pressure: 3,0 - 4,0 bar In delivery consistency
jet: 1,5 mm
Number of application: 2 cross-way
Thinner Art.-No. 101-0115: approx. 10 %

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Ja-215-7156

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

113
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

RAPID PRIMER
Quick drying, filling basecoat with good cover strength and easy processing. Isolates wood extractives. Aromatic-
freely and smell-mildly.

Art.-No. 270-0200
Type of binder Alkyd resin combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,40 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 43,64 %


Weight: approx. 68,87 %

Viscosity (+20C) 42 47 seconds DIN 4 mm flowcup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

VOC-value Approx. 429 g/l

Degree of Gloss / 60: Matt

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Methods of applications: Brushing, rolling, dipping

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 40 m on a flat surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 128 g/m or 92 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 7,8 m/kg or 10,9 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for air and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity) After approx. 3 After approx. 4 After approx. 6 After approx. 24
hours hours hours hours
Lower temperatures and higher air humidity leads to prolonging of the drying
period.

114
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
RAPID PRIMER
Art-.No. 270-0200

Surface preparation:
Examine underground on suitability as painting carriers (see VOB, part of C, DIN 18363, in particular 3.1.1). The
moreover please also consider the valid technical data sheets of the Bundesausschuss fr Farbe und
Sachwertschutz (= BFS), 60327 Frankfurt.

In general: The substrate has to be clean, dry, fat -, wax -, silicone and dust free.
Permissible moisture content of wood: Resinous woods max. 15 %, hardwood max. 12%. Remove old coating
systems. If they can be recoated roughen and remove dust or clean by brine and wash afterwards.
Exterior wood new: Remove dust from parts, resin-rich and tropical woods clean with Nitro-Thinner. Clean wood
resin and knotholes. 1 x RELIUS Holzimprgniergrund.
Interior wood new: Remove dust from parts, resin-rich and tropical woods clean with Nitro-Thinner. Clean wood
resin and knotholes. 1 x RELIUS Rapid Primer. If necessary prime, grind and remove dust.

Standard coating systems:


Basecoat: 1 x RELIUS Rapid Primer
Topcoat With the proven RELIUS coloured and white lacquers.

Note: Stir up before the processing thoroughly. While and after the processing in interiors provide sufficient ven-
tilation. Do not expose without top coat longer time to natural weathering.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 270-0200

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

115
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

VINYL-BARRIER NK
Primer for underwater areas of steal. Aluminium free primer for use in new construction and maintenance.
Sealer can be used on all antifoulings and Stetecol-systems.

Art.-No. 470-0039/-1905
Type of binder Vinyl

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,2 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 37%


Weight: approx. 54%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixtropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0039 red brown


-1905 black

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 540 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 75 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 240 g/m or 200 ml/m
Approx.: 4 m/kg or 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. - 5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Relative Humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At -5C 36 hours
At +5C 26 hours Not applicable
At +10C 14 hours
At +20C 8 hours
At +30C 4 hours

116
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
VINYL-BARRIER NK
Art.-No. 470-0039/-1905

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Tar free primer for underwater areas made of steal, also suitable as sealer on old and under new Antifouling sys-
tems. Sealer on Stetecol NK 340-.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-470-0039/-1905

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

117
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS

CR-PRIMER
Non-saponifiable primer for steel and wood in above- and below waterline areas. Can be applied in a thick film of
up to 100 m dft.

Art.-No. 251-0095/-0097/-0110/-0197
Type of binder Chlorinated rubber

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) ca. 1,30 g/ml (depending on colour shade)

Solid content Volume: ca. 50 % (depending on colour shade)


Weight: ca. 68 % (depending on colour shade)
Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Potlife (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0095 black -0097 redbrown


-0110 light grey -0197 grey
Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 400g/l

Shelflife at +20C Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 75 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 195 g/m or 150 ml/m
Approx.: 5 m/kg or 6 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. 30 C air- and object temperature


Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.
Recoating interval Minimum Maximum
At + 5 C 26 hours
At +10 C 18 hours Not applicable
At +20 C 8 hours
At +30 C 5 hours

118
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
CR-PRIMER
Art.-No. 251-0095/-0097/-0110/-0197

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Primer and intermediate coating for above- and under water areas. Can also be used in holds.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0,020 inch at delivered viscosity
Fan angle: 60
Hose length: approx. 30m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measures:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current, authorised trade
union regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-251-0095/-0097/-0110/-0197

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

119
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

METALLIC PRIMER
Aluminium pigmented, anticorrosive primer for underwater steel areas.

Art.-No. 287-8152/-9152
Type of binder Bitumen

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,1 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 39%


Weight: approx. 53%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 110 sec. DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -8152 dark silver


-9152 light silver

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 525 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended with a dry film thickness of 60 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 170 g/m or 150 ml/m
Approx.: 5 6 m/kg or 6 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5C 24 hours
At +10C 18 hours Not applicable
At +20C 8 hours
At +30C 4 hours

120
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
METALLIC PRIMER
Art.-No. 287-8152/-9152

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


One pack, bituminous based primer for underwater areas.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.017 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length Approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 Max. 5%
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Dr-287-8152/-9152

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

121
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND
Quick drying, high build epoxy primer without zinc chromate for the protection of steel of ships and steel construc-
tions.

Art.-No. 323-0038/-8012
Type of binder Epoxy

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,5 g/ml depending on colour shade
Solid content Volume: approx. 54% depending on colour shade
Weight: approx. 75% depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 3000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 8 : 1 by volume


5 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 612, Art.No. 387-0612
Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -0038 Sandyellow close to RAL 1002


-8012 Red brown close to RAL 8012
Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 370 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 100 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 207 g/m or 138 ml/m
Approx.: 5 m/kg or 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +10C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.
Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At + 5C 32 hours 96 hours
At +10C 24 hours 96 hours
At +20C 12 hours 72 hours
At +30C 8 hours 28 hours

122
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER
Art.-No. 323-0038/-8012

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER is a primer for steel to be overcoated with epoxy- and polyurethane sys-
tems. It offers good resistance against water, alkalis and chemicals. It is resistant against dry heat up to 80C
continuously, intermittent up to 120 C. Under damp conditions up to 40C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating-system:
The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1 x 80 m OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat-Grund, sand yellow, Art.-No. 323-0048
1 x 80 m OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat-Grund, red brown, Art.-No. 323-8012
Intermediate coat: 1 x 80 m OLDOPOX EG 1. Deck, dark silver, Art.-No. 324-0702

Top coat: 1 x 80 m OLDODUR Eisenglimmer, Art.-No. 313-colour shade


in iron mica -colour shades as by TL 918300, page 87

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
thourghly, preferably by a mechanical mixer.
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spraying method Air pressure Airless spraying Brushing, rolling

Pressure: 4,0 5,0 bar 150-180 bar In delivery consistence


jet: 1,2 1,5 mm 0,28 - 0,38 mm/ At low temperature up to approx. 5% EP-
Thinner Art.-No. thinner can be used
103-0135: approx. 10 % max 5 %

Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-323-0038/-8012

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

123
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER TL


Two pack epoxy primer for basecoats of steel constructions. TL 918300, page 87 of Deutsche Bahn AG.

Art.-No. 320-0038/-8012
Type of binder Epoxy

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,5 g/ml depending on colour shade
Solid content Volume: approx. 54% depending on colour shade
Weight: approx. 75% depending on colour shade
Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 3000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 3 : 1 by volume


5 : 1 by weight with EP-hardener 612, Art.No. 387-0612

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -0038 sand yellow close to RAL 1002, DB-Stoff-No. 687.02
-8012 red brown close to RAL 8012, DB-Stoff-No. 687.06
Gloss / 60 Matt to semi gloss

VOC-value Approx. 380 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 80 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 222 g/m or 148 ml/m
Approx.: 4 - 5 m/kg or 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10C to max. +30C for material temperature


Min. + 5 C to max. +35C for air and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 After approx. 6 After approx. 16 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Forced drying 60 min. at 50C, 30 min. at 80C

124
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER TL
Art.-No. 320-0038/-8012

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER TL is a primer for steel to be overcoated with epoxy- and polyurethane
systems but can be recoated with one pack systems too. It offers good resistance against water, alkalis and
chemicals. It is resistant against dry heat up to 80C continuously, intermittent up to 120 C. Under damp condi-
tions up to 40C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating-system:
The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1 x 80 m OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat-Grund, sand yellow, Art.-No. 323-0048,
Stoff-No. 682.02
1 x 80 m OLDOPOX Zinkphosphat-Grund, red brown, Art.-No. 323-8012,
Stoff-No. 682.06

Intermediate coat: 1 x 80 m OLDOPOX EG 1. Deck TL, Art.-No. 325-


Stoff-No. 687.12 or Stoff-No. 687.13
Top coat: 1 x 80 m OLDODUR Eisenglimmer 2. Deck, Art.-No. 313-colour shade
in Eisenglimmer-colour shades as by TL 918300, page 87

Application method:
Add all hardener to the epoxy base and allow time for the hardener to flow out the container. Stir mixture well,
preferably by means of a mechanical mixer.
Spraying method Air pressure Airless spraying Brushing, rolling
Pressure: 4,0 5,0 bar 150-180 bar In delivery consistence
jet: 1,2 1,5 mm 0,28 - 0,38 mm At low temperature up to approx. 5% EP-
0,047 0,06 inch 0,011 0,013 thinner can be added.
Thinner Art.-No. Approx. 10 % Max 5 %
103-0135:
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-320-0038/-8012

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

125
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG


Zinc chromate free two-pack wash primer on epoxy resin basis as a protective corrosion coating for steel, galva-
nised steel, aluminium and other NE-metals. Not within water-loaded areas applicable.

Art.-No. 321-0771/-0815
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,60 g/ml depending on shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 57 % depending on colour shade


(mixture) Weight: approx. 76 % depending on colour shade
Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 2.000 mPa s (thixotrope)

Mixing ratio 3,1 : 1 parts by volume


85 : 15 parts by weight with EP-hardener 420, Code-No. 387-0420

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 6 hours


High temperatures shorten the potlife.

Colour shade -0771 grey on galvanised steel and aluminium only for the interior
-0815 red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt to semi gloss


VOC-value Approx. 390 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.
Dry film thickness and In case of 80 m dry film thickness on a flat surface,
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx.: 225 g/m resp. 140 ml/m
Approx.: 4,5 m/kg resp. 7 m/l
Recommended dry film thickness on steel: ca. 120 m
On aluminium and galvanised steel: ca. 60 m

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity: < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At + 8C 26 hours
At +10C 12 hours 72 hours for grey, -0771
At +20C 8 hours 28 hours for red brown, -0815
At +30C 8 hours

126
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG
Art.-No. 321-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG is designed as sealer and protective primer for galvanised steel, steel, aluminium and
other ne-metals. The product is resistant to elevated temperatures in the prevalence of dry heat up to +80 C and
intermittent to temperatures of up to +120 C.

Surface preparation:
Galvanised steel, ne-metals Surface pre-treatment of galvanised steel parts: pre-requisites for perfect adhe-
sion of the coating materials are dry and clean surfaces of the galvanised mate-
rial. Impurities such as grease, oil, dust, etc. especially zinc salts (corrosion prod-
ucts of zinc) have to be removed thoroughly.
Surface pre-treatment of ne-metals: degrease carefully and remove all impurities
imparing adhesion before applying coating. If the surface is extremely smooth, it
might be necessary to roughen it before starting the application procedure.

Steel The surface has to be clean, dry, solid and free of mill scale, rust and other for-
eign coats. The best results in case of steel can be obtained by blasting according
to DIN 55928, part 4 standard degree of cleanliness Sa 2 , metallically clean
respectively according to DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


Steel Aluminium and galvanised steel
Primer 1 x OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, Code 1 x OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, Code No.
No. 321- colour shade 321- colour shade
dry film thickness approx. 120 m dry film thickness approx. 60 m

Intermediate and topcoat With one- or two-component products such as


OLDODUR, OLDOPOX, STETECOL

Procedure of application:
Application by spray Airless- spray Brushing, rolling
Pump-Compression: 1 : 30 In delivery consistency
Nozzle orifice: 0,015 inch
Fan angle: 60
Hose length: ca. 30 m
EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 max. 5%
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.
The content of the hardener can must be emptied completely into the can of the original component. Let hardener
can run well. Mix original component with hardener thoroughly, preferably by using a mechanical stirrer, then repot
and mix well again.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
01/98 Le-321-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

127
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

STETECOL NK
Two pack epoxy coating for corrosion protection of purification plants, underwater areas of ships and for usage on
steel constructions. Authorized according to order of the Deutsche Bahn AG TL 918300, sheet 81. Application on
steel, concrete and cement.

Art.-No. 340-1038/-1096
Type of binder Epoxy

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,40 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 56%


Weight: approx. 73%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio 4,9 : 1 by volume


89 : 11 by weight with EP-curing agent 612, Art.-No. 387-0612
Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -1038 brown DB-No. 681.12


-1096 black DB-No. 681.11

Gloss / 60 Semi-gloss to matt

VOC value 350 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 125 m on a flat surface.
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 318 g/m or 200 ml/m
Approx.: 3 4 m/kg or 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +30C for material temperature


Min. +5 C to max. +35C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity <85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +10C 24 hours 240 hours
At +20C 16 hours 120 hours
At +30C 8 hours 48 hours

128
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
STETECOL NK
Art.-No. 340-1038/-1096

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


STETECOL NK is tar-free results into a smooth, thick and pore-free coating with good elasticity and adhesion,
high abrasion and shock resistance as well as excellent water and chemical resistance. The cured STETECOL
coating cannot melt, is resistant to microbes and diluted inorganic acids, lees, salt, aliphatic hydrocarbons (petrol),
heating oil, oils and grease. Not resistant to organic and oxidising acids, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons, chlorin-
ated hydrocarbons and phenol. Not suitable for drinking water containers! The material is resistant at dry heat
up to max. +120 C, at humid heat up to max. +40 C.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of a coating system.
Restoration of steel Remove old coatings thoroughly. 1K-coatings will be loosened lifted up during applica-
tion. Well cured, old 2K-coatings with perfect adhesion can be reworked. Roughen the
substrate (grinding or slightly sweeping). If necessary repair with OLDOPOX Zincphos-
phate Primer or OLDOPOX Primer ZHG, but check compatibility on object first.

New coating on steel The steel has to be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and other
foreign layer. Best results are obtained when pretreating by blasting Sa 2 acc. to DIN
55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4.
New coating on galva- Degrease galvanised steel and light metal with suitable degreasing methods and coat
nised steel and light with suitable primer.
metal
New coating on con- Concrete buildings (e.g. purification plants) have to be well insulated against earth hu-
crete midity, floor acid and aggressive ground so that no wetness could penetrate from out-
side and thus leads to blisters or the loosening of the interior coatings. The substrate
has to be free from densification and parting agents. In order to have optimum condi-
tions for the durability of the coating remove cement grout and fine concrete layers.

Standard coating systems:


Steel Galvanised steel Concrete
OLDOPOX Zincdust
Art.-No. 377-0079 1 x 60 m --- --- ---
OLDOPOX Zincphosphate
Art.-No. 320-colour shade --- 1 x 80 m --- ---
OLDOPOX Primer ZHG
Art.-No. 321-0815, redbrown --- --- 1 x 50 m ---
OLDOPOX EP Sealer 1 x approx. 150 - 300 g/m de-
Art.-No. 320-0035 --- --- --- pending on surface conditions
STETECOL
Art.-No. 340-0039/-0099 4 x 125 m each 4 x 125 m each 4 x 360 g/m each
in colour shade changing
The curing time between two layers should not be longer than 120 hours at +20 C, as otherwise adhesion prob-
lems might occur. If the coating has cured or aged for too long before reworking, it has to be roughened before-
hand.

129
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
STETECOL NK
Art.-No. 340-1038/-1096

Application methods:
Pour the hardener into main component and mix thoroughly, best by a mechanical stirrer. Repot and mix again.
Application Air-Pressure-Spraying Airless-Spraying Brushing, Rolling
Pressure: approx. 4,0 bar 300 bar This method should be used only
Nozzle orifice: 2,0 - 2,5 mm 0,021 inch for small surfaces, because equal
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60 layer thickness and glossy sur-
face is difficult to achieve with
Fan angle: 60
brush or roll. At low temperatures
Hose length approx. 30 m up to 5% EP-Thinner can be
EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103- max. 10 % max. 5 % added. Stetecol NK is to be fully
0135 laid on, i.e. it may not be painted
and/or rolled too thinly.
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings. It is absolute necessary to ensue dry spraying air by using a water
separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 RM-340-1038/-1096

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

130
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX MULTICOAT
Two-pack low solvent content epoxy intermediate and finish coatings for strong protection against corrosion. Us-
able in the above and underwater area. The cured coating has a high resisting power against abrasion and is
easy to clean.

Art.-No. 346-colour shades


Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,32 g/ml (mixed)

Solid content Volume: approx. 73%


Weight: approx. 82%

Mixing ratio 1,5 : 1 by volume


2,5 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 613, Art.No. 387-0613

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 2 hours

Colour shade -0039 red brown


-7001 grey
Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC - value Approx. 220g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 250 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 450 g/m or 340 ml/m
Approx.: 2,2 m/kg or 2,9 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. 5 C air- and substrate temperature


Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At -5C 48 hours
At +5C 20 hours Approx. 90 days.
At +10C 18 hours
At +20C 12 hours
At +30C 6 hours

131
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX MULTICOAT
Art.-No. 346-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Surface tolerant epoxy coating with impact- and abrasion resistance. Can be used at lower temperatures without
problems of blushing. Resistance against salt water and multitude of chemicals. Can be used as
deck coating by sprinkling with miscellaneous iron oxide. Good adhesion on less prepared steel substrates ac-
cording to DIN 55928 ST 2 or on old alkyd resin coatings after appropriate surface pretreatment and creation of a
sample surface.

OLDOPOX MULTICOAT is suitable for maintenance of powertool prepared surfaces. It can be applied over old
alkyd systems without the risk of lifting.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Standard primer:
Steal: OLDOPOX ZM, green, Art.-No. 377-0066; Zinc: OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, Art.-No. 321-0815

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer. Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 30
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 - 0.0021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
EP-thinner:
Art.-No. 103-0135
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 RM/Ar 346-0039-7001

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

132
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ARC
Two pack epoxy coating with excellent abrasion resistance for protection of the outside hull against mechanical
damage. High impact resistance and therefore suitable for usage on decks and fuel tank cap area too.

Art.-No. 325-3109/-7135/-9105
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,45 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 68%


Weight: approx. 81%

Mixing ratio 4,2 : 1 by volume


6,25 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 700, Art.-No. 387-0700

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 60 minutes

Colour shade -3109 red brown


-7135 grey
-9105 black

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC value 300 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended a dry film thickness of 150 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 320 g/m or 220 ml/m
Approx.: 3 m/kg or 4 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +5C for air- and substrate temperature,


Air humidity <85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5C 24 hours 96 hours


At +10C 18 hours 96 hours
At +20C 8 hours 96 hours
At +30C 4 hours 36 hours

133
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ARC
Standard
Art.-No. 325-3109/-7135/-9105

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX ARC (Abrasion Resistant Coating) is a two pack epoxy coating with excellent abrasion resistance for
protection of the outside hull against mechanical damage. Not suitable for potable water tanks.
OLDOPOX ARC is resistant against dry heat up to 120 C, under damp conditions up to 60C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer.Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 - 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 0 5%

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 RM 325-3109/-7135/-9105

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

134
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ARC
wintergrade

Two pack epoxy coating with excellent abrasion resistance for protection against mechanical damages for under-
water and above waterline. High impact resistance therefore usable for decks and tanktops.
Usable up to 5 C.

Art.-No. 325-3309/-7335/-9305
Type of binder Epoxy resin
Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,28 g/ml

Solid content Volumed: approx. 62%


Weight: approx. 74%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio 1,22 : 1 by volume


2,1 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 613, Art.No. 387-0613

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 60 minutes


Colour shade -3109 red brown
-7335 grey
-9105 black
Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC - value 310 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 150 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 310 g/m or 240 ml/m
Approx.: 3 m/kg or 4 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +5 C for air- and substrate temperature


Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At -5 C 48 hours 96 hours
At 0 C 36 hours 96 hours
At +5 C 24 hours 96 hours
At +10 C 18 hours 96 hours
At +20 C 12 hours 96 hours
At +30 C 4 hours 36 hours

135
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ARC
Wintergrade
Art.-No. 325-3309/-7335/-9305

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX ARC (Abrasion Resistant Coating) is a two pack epoxy coating with excellent abrasion resistance for
protection of the outside hull against mechanical damage. Not suitable for potable water tanks.
OLDOPOX ARC is resistant against dry heat up to 120 C, under damp conditions up to 60C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer.Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 - 0.021 inch At delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30 - 60
Hose length Approx. 30 m This procedure is suitable only for
EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 0 5% repairing damages.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 RM325-3309,-7335,-9305

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

136
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX SEALER
Two pack modified epoxy coating for use as a tiecoat or intermediate coat on epoxy anticorrosive systems for
underwater and above waterline use.

Art.-No. 354-3170
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,1 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 42%


Weight: approx. 55%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 2000mPa s

Mixing ratio 1,85 : 1 by volume


1,4 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 545, Art.-No. 387-3545

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours minutes. At higher temperatures pot life is reduced.

Colour shade Grey

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC value Approx. 500 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 80 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 209 g/m or 200 ml/m
Approx.: 4 5 m/kg or 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10C to max. +30C for material temperature


Min. +5C to max. +35C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At + 5C 20 hours 21 days
At +10C 12 hours 14 days
At +20C 4 hours 7 days
At +30C 2 hours 2 days

137
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX SEALER
Art.-No. 354-3170

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Can be used as a sealer in epoxy systems or as a primer on galvanized steel, aluminium, GRP and wood.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
paint systems should be roughened.

Standard coating-systems:
Re-workable with all common kinds of 1 + 2K products

Application method:
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.017 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length: approx. 30 m
EP-thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 max. 5%
These information are references. When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water
separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-354-3170

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

138
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

LINDOKOTE EP-SHOPPRIMER
Quick drying primer for steel plates and profiles for ships and steel constructions. Especially suitable for use in
automatic blasting/painting lines or as a holding primer on Sa 2,5 steel in maintenance situations.

Art.-No. 381-8132
Type of binder Epoxy
Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,05 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 22%


Weight: approx. 39%
Viscosity (+20C) 13 seconds workable composition

Mixing ratio 65 : 35 by volume


73 : 27 by weight with EP-hardener, Art.No. 387-0100

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 24 hours.

Colour shade Red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt
VOC value Approx. 660 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended with a dry film thickness of 25 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 138 g/m or 125 ml/m
Approx.: 7 m/kg or 8 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C for air- and substrate temperature


Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At + 5 C 6 hours
At +10 C 60 minutes Not applicable
At +20 C 45 minutes
At +30 C 30 minutes

139
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
LINDOKOTE EP-SHOPPRIMER
Art.-No. 381-8132

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


LINDOKOTE EP-SHOPPRIMER is a weldable two pack material having a flashpoint below 21C. The coating is a
construction primer to be overcoated with appropriate coating systems. It is able to torch cutt and reweld the
cured coating the dry fil thickness should be between 20 30 m. Recommended dry film thickness is
between 20-30 m.
The cured coating is resistant against salt- and fresh water, diesel- and hydraulic oils. The primer can be recoated
with various one and two pack systems but not with zinc dust primers. The protection corrosion is sufficent for 6
months, depending on the film thickness and applied stress.
Approval certificate according to DVS-guideline 0501 of SLV Duisburg is available.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Standard coating-system:
The selection of the suitable coating system is dependent e.g. on the surface, the preparation, the processing
possibilities, the demands etc.
Surfaces with LINDOKOTE EP-Shopprimer can be revised with oil -, synthetic resin -, chlorinated rubber -, vinyl -,
nitro -, bitumen -, tar -, epoxy resin -, PU -, tar EP basis as well as their combination and painting of hot material.
Organic and inorganic zinc dust primer are unsuitable as topcoat.

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer. Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 30
Nozzle orifice: 0.017 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30 - 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135

When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 Ja-381-8132

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

140
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

LINDOKOTE ZS-SHOPPRIMER
Two pack zincsilicate shopprimer for use on steel plates in automatic blasting lines in shipyards and steel con-
struction plants.

Art.-No. 215-1800/-1900
Type of Binder Ethylsilicate

Density (DIN 53217, 20C) Approx. 1,3 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 26 %


Weight: approx. 51 %
Viscosity (+ 20 C) Mixture: appr. 12 seconds DIN 4 or 6 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio 33,3 : 66,7 by volume or


55 : 45 by weight
Binder Art.-No. 215-0801, paste Art.-No. 215-0880
Or Art.-No. 215-0119, Art.-No. 215-0801

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 24 hours at 23C.

Colour shade Red brown

Texture Matt
VOC-value Approx. 620 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness, Recommended wet film thickness: 60 m on a flat surface to measure over the
Spreading rate: peaks and to control with glass scale, corresponding with a recommended dry film
thickness of: 15 m
At the recommended dry film thickness
Theoretical: approx. 80 g/m resp. 60 ml/m
Approx.: 13 m/kg resp. 17 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different properties
of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +30C material temperature


Min. 5 C to max. +40C substrate temperature,
Min. 5 C to max. +35C air temperature
Air humidity<85%.
Please observe dew point.
Recoating interval Minimum Maximum
At -5 C 48 hours
At + 5 C 36 hours 6 months
At +10 C 30 hours
At +20 C 24 hours
At +30 C 24 hours

141
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
LINDOKOTE ZS-SHOPPRIMER
Art.-Nr. 215-1800/-1900

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


LINDOKOTE ZS-SHOPPRIMER is especially designed for use in steel processing lines and is compatible with
various welding methods used in shipbuilding and steel construction. The advantage of using a zincsilicate over a
conventional shopprimer is the higher welding speed, less weld spatter, less pore formation and a lesser release
of fumes during cutting and welding. The dried film is heat resistant continuously up to 400 C, intermittent up to
600 C.

Surface preparation:
1
The steel must be blast cleaned to SA 2 /2, roughness profile: 40-70 m according to DIN DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


The LINDOKOTE ZS SHOPPRIMER can be revised with unsaponifiable topcoats. The total coating thickness
depends on the respective requirements.

Application conditions:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Application method Airless-Spray
Pump compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0,020 inch
Fan angle: 60
Hose length: ca. 30 m
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.
Stir paste well. Then slowly add the binder while stirring. Keep stirring until a homogeneous mixture exists. Stir-
ring must be continued during application in order to prevent settlement.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-215-1800/-1900

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

142
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINK
Two pack zinc ethyl silicate coating for excellent protection against corrosion. Used as a primer in shipbuilding
and steel construction.

Art.-No. 215-0700
Type of Binder Ethylsilicate

Density Approx. 2,4 g/ml

Solid content By Volume: approx. 50 %


By Weight: approx. 81 %

Viscosity (+20C) Mixture: approx. 22 sec. DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio 65 : 35 by volume or


85 : 15 by weight with LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINK Paste grey,
Art.-No. 215-0701

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 10 hours, at higher temperatures pot life is reduced.

Colour shade Grey

Texture Matt

VOC value Approx. 440 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 4 months (unmixed) in a closed containers. Close already opened con-
at +20C tainers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness Recommended with a dry film thickness of 75 m on a flat surface
and spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 150 ml/m resp. 360g/m
Approx.: 7 m/l resp. 3 m/kg

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different properties
of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C for substrate temperature


min. +10 C to max. 35C for air- and object temperature
Air humidity < 95%
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 1 After approx. 3 After approx. 8 Not applicable
hour hours hours
Forced drying: not applicable

143
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINK
Art.-No. 215-0700

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINK can be left uncoated or topcoated with an appropriate paint system. The
coating has excellent abrasion resistance and offers resistance against water, mineral spirits, lubricants and other
organic solvents. Already 45 minutes after application, dew, mist and drizzle rain are not detrimental for the per-
formance. The cured coating is resistant against dry heat up to 400 C.

Surface preparation:
1
The steel must be blast cleaned to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4. Apply
the coating immediately after the steel has been blasted and the quality of the steel has been approved.

Standard coating systems:


The coating can be recoated with various one- and two pack coating systems. In common practice the coating
systems chosen for recoating zinc dust primers must be well adhering to the primer. For use in Marine or Indus-
trial environments we recommend to use suitable two-pack coating systems.
When recoating with alkyd based paints or paints partly based on alkyd resins, a sealer/ tiecoat should be used
between the zinc primer and the alkyd based system. In general, pure, unsaponifiable topcoats based on vinyl,
chlorinated rubber and epoxy can applied directly.
Recommended dry film thickness : 15 - 20 m when used as shopprimer
50 - 80 m when used as a primer in a coating system.
ca. 100 m applied in one or two coats when left uncoated.

One coat application of dry film thicknesses over 150 micron must be avoided. When using two coat systems, the
second coat can be applied 2-3 hours after application of the first coat. When recoating, ensure that the zinc eth-
ylsilicate has been fully cured because succeeding coatings will prevent further curing by moisture.

Application instructions:
Mix Binder and zinc paste thoroughly according to mixing ratio instructions provided in this datasheet. Please
ensure all equipment is clean.
a) Stir zinc-paste well
b) Add the binder slowly and mix with a mechanical stirrer. Keep stirring to a homogeneous mixture.
c) In between breaks, the mixture must be stirred again.
When finished, all equipment should be thoroughly cleaned, as any remaining zinc ethylsilicate cannot be solved
when cured.
Application method Air pressure Airless-Spray Brush, Roller
Pump compression: 3 - 4 bar In delivery consistency
Nozzle orifice: 1,2 1,5 mm / 0,04 0,06 0,5 mm / 0,021 inch This procedure is recom-
inch mended only for smaller sur-
Thinner faces or for repair.
Art.-Nr. 105-0200: max. 10 % max. 5 %
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings. For the processing of SILICATZINK special Airless devices and/or
pumps have to be used. Particularly so-called slow speed machines with high compression are suitable.

144
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
LINDOKOTE ETHYL-SILICATZINk
Art.-Nr. 215-0700

Application conditions:
Minimum temperature 10 C, maximum +40 C. Silicatezinc requires moisture for curing. A relative humidity of
60 - 80 % is preferred. Apart from the first 30 minutes after application, high humidities, dew, mist and drizzle rain
are not detrimental for the performance. Curing speed is considerably reduced at relative humidities lower than
50%. Curing can be accelerated by spraying water on the paintfilm as soon when it is dry to touch. This procedure
must be repeated several times in case of extreme low relative humidities. When using indoors, blowing with hu-
mid air can accelerate curing.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 Ja 215-0700

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

145
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 74
Two component zinc dust paint to be used as first primer for two component coating systems with excellent high
corrosion protection in the steel industry.

Art.-No. 377-0074
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,55 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 62 %


Weight: approx. 87 %
Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio 95 : 5 parts by weight with EP-hardener 618, Art.-No. 387-0082

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade Grey

Gloss / 60 Matt

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Stir well before useage. Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Method of application Spraying, brushing only for small surfaces

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on even surface
sumption (per application), theoretically: approx. 205 g/m or 80 ml/m
spreading rates will be approx. 4 - 5 m/kg or 12 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions From +5 C up to max. +30 C air and object temperature


At temperatures below +18 C curing times could prolong.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 30 After approx. 2 After approx. 6 After approx. 7
minutes hours hours days
Forced drying: 60 min. at 50C
30 min. at 80C

146
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 74
Art-.No. 377-0074

Special properties and resistances properties:


Together with a topcoat of a two-pack basis the material has a very good corrosion protection against weathering.
Without a topcoat, it is a temperature resistant corrosion protection coating. The curred OLDOPOX zinc dust film
is insoluble in mineral oil and petrol (not petrol over 98 octane number). OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB can not be used
in areas prone to acid or alkali stressing, even with the application of top coats. OLDOPOX Zinkstaub 74 with top
coatings should not be used when water stressing with increased temperatures (over +35 C) occurs.
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB 74 without top coatings has long term stressability by dry heat of up to +150 C.

Surface preparation:
Primary condition for a good protection is pretreatment through blasting. The standard degree of purity Sa 2
acoording to DIN 55928, part 4, should be observed. OLDOPOX Zinkstaub 74 coatings are, after a long period of
weathering, to be cleaned from zinc corrosion protection products before recoating.

Standard coating systems:


The coatings system and the number of applications depend on the condition of the surface and the stress.

Application methods:
Stir main component thoroughly before adding hardener. Pour hardener into main component.
Mix both components thoroughly. To obtain best results, use a mechanical mixer. Repot!!
Spraying Air spraying Airless - spraying Painting

Spraying pressure 3,5 - 4 bar 120 - 180 bar At low temperatures up to 5% EP-
Diameter of jet approx. 1,5 mm 0,4 0,6 mm Thinner (Art.-No. 103-0135) can
No. of applications 2 cross coats 1 - 2 cross coats be added.
EP-Thinner 103-0135 approx. 5 - 10% 0 - 10%
When air spraying it is necessary to ensure dry spraying air by a water separator.

The amount of thinner depends on the required coating thickness.


Mix the material from time to time, in order to avoid the formation of deposits.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 AR-377-0074

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

147
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ZM

Zinc dust primer to be overcoated with various one- and two pack systems. Suitable for newbuildings and for
maintenance of ships and steel constructions.

Art.-No. 377-0066
Type of binder Epoxy - resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,0 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 55%


Weight: approx. 83%
Viscosity (+20C) 1800 3000mPa s

Mixing ratio 10 : 1 parts by weight or


3,7 : 1 parts by volume with EP-hardener 613, art.-no. 387-0613
Mix master components with EP hardener thoroughly.
Pot life (+20C) Approx. 3 hours

Colour shade Green

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 420 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 50 m on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 210 g/m or 105 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 4 - 5 m/kg or 9 - 10 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C substrate temperature


Min. 5 C to max. +30 C air and object temperature
Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 hour After approx. 5 hours After approx. 8 hours
max. 90 days

148
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ZM
Art.-No. 377-0066

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX ZM is a zinc dust primer to be overcoated with various one- and two pack systems. The product offers
excellent adhesion on blast cleaned steel and properly cleaned hot galvanized steel. The coating is compatible
with hydroblasting standard DW3, STG-guideline 2222 and accepts flash rust and any remaining moisture on the
steel. Low inflammable according to IMO-resolution A-653(16).

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system.
Steel The surface must be clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants.
1
The best results are achieved by blast cleaning to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928,
Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4 or high-pressure blast cleaning DW3, STG-
guideline 2222. Before repair of the primer the surfaces must be treated at least ac-
cording to standard degree of purity PSa2 or St 3. Remove old coats of paint of un-
known quantity composition in each case completely.

Standard coating-systems:
The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: 1 x 50 100 m OLDOPOX ZM, Art.-No. 377-0066, green
Top coat: Possible coating system are:
2 pack EP-coating, f.e. OLDOPOX and 1 pack-coating system

Application method:
Spraying viscosity depends on surroundings.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 120 - 150 bar
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 0.018 inch at delivered viscosity
0,38 0,46 mm
Spray - coats: 1 2 cross coats
EP-thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 0 5%

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Le-377-0066

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

149
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB
Two component zinc dust paint acc. to the regulations of the German Railway TL 918300, page 87, to be used as
first primer for two component coating systems with excellent high corrosion protection in the steel and steel water
industry as well as in the ship building industry. Certification and KKS-test-certification can be asked for.

Art.-No. 377-0079
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 2,86 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 58 %


Weight: approx. 87 %

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio 84 16 by volume


95 : 5 by weight with EP-hardener 82, Art.-No. 387-0082

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade Grey, Material-No. 687.03

Degree of Gloss / Matt


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 360 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened contain-
ers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.
Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on even surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 395 g/m or 140 ml/m
Approx.: 2 - 3 m/kg or 7 - 8 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +30 C material temperature


Min. +5 C to max. +30 C air and object temperature
Air humidity: < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity) After approx. 30 After approx. 2 After approx. 16 After approx. 7
minutes hours hours days
Forced drying: 60 min. at 50C
30 min. at 80C

150
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB
Art-.No. 377-0079

Special properties and resistances properties:


Together with a top coat of a two component basis the material has a very good corrosion protection against
weathering and stressing due to fresh or sea water. Without a top coat, it is a temperature resistant corrosion
protection coating. The hardened OLDOPOX zinc dust film is insoluble in mineral oil and petrol (not petrol over 98
octane number). OLDOPOX Zinkstaub can not be used in areas prone to acid or alkali stressing, even with the
application of top coats. OLDOPOX Zinkstaub with top coatings should not be used when water stressing with
increased temperatures (over +35C) occurs.
OLDOPOX Zinkstaub without top coatings has long term stressability by dry heat of up to +150C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The standard de-
gree of purity Sa 2 acoording to DIN 55928, part 4, should be observed. OLDOPOX Zinkstaub coatings are,
after a long period of weathering, to be cleaned from zinc corrosion protection products before recoating.
In chemically aggressive atmospheres, the application of top coatings should not exceed 2 days.

Standard coating systems:


The coatings system and the number of applications depend on the condition of the surface and the stress.

Application methods:
Stir main component thoroughly before adding hardener. Pour hardener into main component.
Mix both components thoroughly. To obtain best results, use a mechanical mixer. Repot!!
Spraying Air spraying Airless - spraying Painting

Spraying pressure 3,5 - 4 bar 120 - 180 bar In delivery consistency


Diameter of jet approx. 1,5 mm 0,4 - 0,6 mm At low temperatures up to 5% EP-
Compression: 1 : 60 Thinner (Art.-No. 103-0135) can
Hose length: approx. 30 m be added.
EP-Thinner 103-0135 approx. 5 - 10% max. 5%
When air spraying it is necessary to ensure dry spraying air by a water separator.
The amount of thinner depends on the required coating thickness.
Mix the material from time to time, in order to avoid the formation of deposits.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 RM-37730079

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

151
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

2K-FLLGRUND
2K-FLLGRUND has excellent filling properties on polyurethane. It is mainly used for goods vehicles, machinery
and machine-making.

Art.-No. 312-0060
Type of binder Acrylic-polyisocyanate

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Mixture with hardener 150, Art.-No. 385-0150: approx. 1,42 g/ml
Mixture with hardener 880, Art.-No. 385-0880: approx. 1,40 g/ml
Solid content Master approx. 45 %, hardener 150 approx. 69 %, hardener 880 approx. 32 %
Mixture with hardener 150 approx. 47 %, weight: approx. 67 %
Mixture with hardener 880 approx. 44 %, weight: approx. 65 %
Viscosity (+20C) Master: approx. 40 - 45 sec DIN 6mm flow cup
Mixture with PUR hardener 150: 38 - 42 sec DIN 6mm flow cup
Mixture with PUR hardener 880: 42 - 47 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio 15 : 1 parts by weight respectively


11 : 1 parts by volume with PUR-hardener, Art.-No. 385-0150 or
8 : 1 parts by weight respectively
5 : 1 parts by volume with PUR-hardener, Art.-No. 385-0880

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 4 - 5 hrs.

Colour shade Light grey

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 500 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry flim thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 70 m on even surface
Spreading rate Theoretical approx.: 205 g/m resp. 145 ml/m
Approx.: 5 m/kg resp. 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Minimum +15 C up to max. +30 C air and object temperature.
Please opserve dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable


rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 hours After approx. 3 - 4 hours After approx. 2 - 3 hours
or
wet in wet after approx. 1
hour
It is necessary to sand the old coating layer.

152
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
2K-FLLGRUND
Art.-No. 312-0060

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


2K-FLLGRUND has excellent properties as a filler, can be grinded and has a very good adhesion on metal sur-
faces, i.e. steel, aluminium and galvanised steel. Can also be used as primer for GfK substrates. For other syn-
thetics testing of adhesion should be done in any case. The material contains active pigments for protection
against corrosion.
On zinc sprayed surfaces it is recommend to use 2K-GRUND FR SPRITZVERZINKUNG; Art.-No. 312-0061.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Steel The surface has to be clean, dry, solid and free of mill scale, rust and other foreign layers.
Best results will be achieved by blasting acc. to DIN 55 928, part 4, normal degree of purity
Sa 2 resp. DIN ISO 12944-4. Corresponding pre-treatment as phoshatizing, chromating
increase the effect in protection.
Suitable top coats: PUR-ACRY-DECKLACK, Art.-No. 309-colour-shade,
OLDODUR STRUKTURLACK, Art.-No. 310-colour-shade,
OLDODUR ADN, Art.-No. 316-colour-shade,
PUR-ACRYL 888, Art.-No. 395-colour-shade.
See technical data sheet when using the materials.

GFK-synthetics Synthetic surfaces have to be cleaned thoroughly and possibly roughened. Remove release
agents.

Application method:
Details are to be understood as guideline. Spraying viscosity has to be brought into line with the conditions. Pour
hardener into main component and mix thoroughly with electrical mixer. Repot and stir again.
Spraying method Air pressure Airless-Spraying
Pressure: 4 - 5 bar 150 - 180 bar
jet 1,5 - 1,8 mm 0,33 - 0,6 mm
Thinner 103-0130: Approx. 10 15% Approx. 0 10 %

Usage of PUR hardener 150, Art.-No. 385-0150


Ensure dry spraying air with a water separator. The material is sensible to humidity during processing.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Wi 312-0060

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

153
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX EP-PRIMER
Two pack epoxy anticorrosive primer.

Art.-No. 320-6629
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,26 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 48%


Weight: approx. 65%

Viscosity(+20C) Approx. 120 sec. DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio 3,3 : 1 by volume


5 : 1 by weight with EP-hardener 610, Art.-No. 387-0610

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours.


At higher temperatures pot life is reduced.

Colour shade -6629 Grey green

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 445 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness Recommended with a dry film thickness of 100 m on a flat surface
and Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 262 g/m resp. 208 ml/m
Approx.: 3 4 m/kg resp. 4 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +30 C for air- and substrate temperature,
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.
Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +10C 18 hours 90 days


At +20C 8 hours
At +30C 4 hours

154
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX EP-PRIMER
Art.-No. 320-6629

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Two pack epoxy holding primer for use on blast cleaned steel or on suitable shopprimers. Can be used as a
sealer on silicat-zinc dust primers.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Standard coating systems:


All common 1 - and 2 pack products.

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.017 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30
Hose length approx. 30 m
EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-320-6629

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

155
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL
The two-component intermediate and finishing coat manufactured on epoxy resin base, iron mica/aluminium-
pigmented, is in accordance with the regulations of the Deutsche Bundesbahn AG TL 918300, Sheet 87, and
serves to apply thick-coated protective coatings against corrosion on steel and as a sealer between OLDOPOX
zinc dust and one- or two-component coatings.

Art.-No.. 325-0702/-0703
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,56 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 54 % depending on colour shade


(mixture) Weight: approx. 75 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 1.500 mPa s

Mixing ratio 2,6 : 1 by volume


5 : 1 by weight with EP-hardener 610, Art.-No. 387-0610

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -0702 dark silver grey (DB 702), substance No. 687.12
-0703 anthracite ( DB 703), substance No. 687.13

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value 380 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored unmixed and in tightly closed original cans stable for approx.
12 months. Already opened cans have to be kept well closed and used as soon
as possible. Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and In case of 80 m dry film thickness on a flat surface,
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 231 g/m resp. 148 ml/m
Appr.: 4 - 5 m/kg resp. 6 - 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C air and object temperature.


Min. +10 C to max. +30 C material temperature
Please observe dew point.
There is a prolongation of the mentioned drying times below +18C.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5 C 36 hours 240 hours
At +10 C 24 hours 192 hours
At +20 C 12 hours 144 hours

156
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL
Art.-No. 325-0702

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX EG 1.DECK TL has a high degree of protective properties against corrosion due to its non saponifi-
able epoxy resin binder and it contents of iron mica/aluminium pigments.
OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL is resistant to fresh water and sea water, frost and de-icing salt, oil, fuel and industrial
atmosphere. Due to its composition as a sealer on OLDOPOX zinc dust, the first finishing coat prevents the mate-
rial from getting infilitrated with zinc oxidation products and consequently from loosing is sealing properties with
the subsequent coating.
The product is resistant to elevated temperatures in the prevalence of dry to a temperature of up to +100 C, for a
short time to a temperaure of up to +140 C, and in the prevalence of humid heat (water) to a temperature of up to
+40 C.

Surface preparation:
The pretreatment of the surface is a decisive factor for the durability of every coating system.
Apply OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL only on steel surfaces which have been primed with OLDOPOX zinc dust or
OLDOPOX zinc phosphate ground coat. The base coating must be dry, clean and free of oil and grease. Roughen
aged 2K-base coatings to avoid possible reduction of adhesion.

Standard coating systems:


The coating structure and the number of coatings vary according to the surface quality and the stress that occurs.
The surface must have an intact and suitable base coating with a sufficient coating thickness.

Procedure of application:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer.
Application by spray Compressed-air Airless-spray Brush and roller
spray
spray gun pressure: 3,5 4 bar 120 - 180 bar In the painting and rolling procedure 50 60 m
nozzle orifice: 1,5 - 1,8 mm 0,5 0,7 mm can be applied. Even after a long drying period it is
0,06 0,07 inch 0,02 0,03 possible to recoat OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK TL
inch without reducing adhesion. At lower temperatures,
it is also possible to add up to 5 % of thinner. Art.-
Thinner No. 103-0135, after mixing the hardener. The ma-
Art.-No. 103-0135: up to 10 % max. 5 % terial must be applied in a regular manner and dis-
tributed quickly. The direction in which the material
is distributed must remain throughout the whole
process.
It is unconditionally necessary to provide dry spraying air by using an effective water separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advises mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 RM-325-0702-0703

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

157
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK
Two pack epoxy coating pigmented with micaceous iron oxide and aluminium for corrosion protection of steel
structures. Can also be used as a tiecoat on zinc dust paints. See TL 918300, page 87.

Art.-No. 324-0702/-0703
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,65 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 56%


Weight: approx. 76%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 1.500 mPa s

Mixing ratio 4,2 : 1 by volume


8 : 1 by weight with EP-curing agent 610, Art.-No. 387-0610

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -0702 Silver grey (approx. DB 702)


-0703 Anthracite (approx. DB 703)
Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 390 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 80 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 236 g/m or 143 ml/m
Approx.: 4 m/kg or 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +30 C for air- and substrate temperature
Min. +10 C to max. +30 C for material temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +10C 24 hours
At +20C 8 hours Not applicable
At +30C 5 hours

158
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOPOX EG 1.DECK
Art.-No. 324-0702/-0703

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK offers excellent corrosion protection because it contains unsaponifiable epoxy resins and
laminar micaceous iron oxide and aluminium flakes. OLDOPOX EG 1. DECK is resistant to fresh water and sea
water, frost and de-icing salt, oil, fuel and industrial atmosphere. Due to its composition as a sealer on OLDOPOX
zinc dust, the first finishing coat prevents the material from getting infilitrated with zinc oxidation products and
consequently from loosing is sealing properties with the subsequent coating.
The product is resistant to elevated temperatures in the prevalence of dry to a temperature of up to +100 C, for a
short time to a temperaure of up to +140 C, and in the prevalence of humid heat (water) to a temperature of up to
+40 C.

Surface preparation:
OLDOPOX EG 1.DECK can only be used on steel surfaces that have been protected with OLDOPOX ZINC
DUST or OLDOPOX ZINCPHOSPHATE PRIMER. The surface must be clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust
and other contaminants. Old and weathered two pack coating systems should be roughened in order to prevent
adhesion problems.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Add all curing agent to the epoxy base and allow time for the curing agent to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer. Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Compressed air Brush and Roller
spray

Nozzle orifice: 0,46 0,58 mm 1,5 - 2 mm


At low temperatures after the hardener was
0,018 0,022 inch added the thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135 can be
0,06 0,078 inch
Pressure: 120 180 bar mixed
3,5 4 bar with up to 5%. During the processing
the material must be applied evenly and
EP-Thinner, distributed fast and briskly. The softening
Art.-No. 103-0135 max. 5 % max. 10 % must always take place in continuous direc-
Viscosity: 25 30 seconds tion
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 RM-324-0702-0703

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

159
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

OLDOCOR W SCHWEISSPRIMER
Water dilutable, quick-drying welding-primer with prominent water resistant for steel constructions.
Correspond to the DVS guiding principle 0501 of the SLV.

Art.-No. 235-0323
Type of binder Special binder combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,25 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 27 %


Weight: approx. 42 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 35 seconds, DIN 4 mm flowcup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 45 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 6 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 20 m on even surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 92 g/m or 75 ml/m
Approx.: 11 m/kg or 13 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C air and object temperature


Air humidity < 65 %
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 10 After approx. 15 After approx. 45 After approx. 3
15 minutes minutes minutes hours
Forced drying: 15 minutes at 50C

160
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
OLDOCOR W SCHWEISSPRIMER
Art-.No. 235-0323

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOCOR W SCHWEISSPRIMER is a over-weldable shopprimer for blasted and not blasted steel parts and
profiles. Can also be used as wash primer for aluminum and zinc.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of a coating system.
The steel has to be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and other foreign layer. Best results
are obtained when pretreating by blasting Sa 2 acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
OLDOCOR W SCHWEISSPRIMER Art.-No. 235-0323 1 x 20 30 m
OLDOCOR W GRUND Art.-No. 236-colour shade 1 x 60 80 m
OLDOCOR W DECKLACK Art.-No. 481-colour shade 1 x 40 m
Alternative coating system:
KORROTAL 266 Art.-No. 266-colour shade 1 x 60 80 m
BFALIN Kunstharzlack Art.-No. 466-colour shade 1 x 40 m

Application methods:
Application Airless-Spraying Air-Pressure-Spraying Brushing, Rolling
Pressure 150 - 200 bar 3,0 - 4,0 bar In delivery consistency
Diameter of jet 0,28 - 0,33 mm 1,2 1,5 mm
0,01 inch 0,05 0,06 inch
Water (de-ionize) max. 3 % 3 - 10 %
It is absolute necessary to ensue dry spraying air by using a water separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 Ar 235-0323

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

161
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER SE
Quick drying aqueous, 2-pack primer with special pigment and excellent water resistance for sand-blasted steel
plates and profiles for shipbuilding and steel constructions. Especially suitable for use in automatic plants for mill
scale removing.

Art.-no. 314-0323
Type of binder Epoxy resin dispersion

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,39 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 45 %


Weight: approx. 62 %
Viscosity (+20C) 18 - 20 sec. DIN 4mm

Mixing ratio 15 : 1 parts by weight with EP hardener W 801, art.-no.: 387-0801

Pot life (+20C) 3 - 4 hours

Colour shade Red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-degree Approx. 65 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Application method Airless spraying

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 25 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 80 g/m resp. 55 ml/m
correspond approx.: 12 m/kg resp. 18 m/l

These are guiding figures for which no liability can be accepted as each surface has different char-
acteristics that may influence the spreading rate.

Application conditions Min. +10 C up to max. +30 C material temperature


Min. +10 C up to max. +80 C substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.
Air humidity < 80%

Drying times Dust dry Tack free Dry to stack


(+20C, 65 % rel. air
humidity) After approx. After approx. After approx.
5 -10 min. 5 -10 min. 20 min.

162
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER SEK
Art.-No. 314-0323

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


The special pigmentation of the 2 pack HYDRO SHOPPRIMER SE gives a good barrier against water and
achieves a very good water resistance fast. 2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER is even suitable for low temperatures
up to +5C. Overcoatable with all current one-pack and two-pack coatings.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
02/02 Ro/Ja-314-0311

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

163
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS

2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER K
Quick drying unsaponifiable two pack water primer for blasted steel plates and profiles for ships and steel con-
structions. Especially suitable for use in automatic blasting/painting lines.

Art.-No. 314-0311
Type of binder Epoxy resin dispersion

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,34 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 41 %


Weight: approx. 59 %

Viscosity (+20C) 18 - 20 sec. DIN 4mm

Mixing ratio 20 : 1 parts by weight resp.


94 : 6 parts by volume with EP hardener W 801, art.-no.: 387-0801
Pot life (+20C) 3 - 4 hours

Colour shade Red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-degree Approx. 65 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Application method Airless spraying

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 25 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 70 g/m resp. 50 ml/m
Approx.: 14 m/kg resp. 20 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C up to max. +30 C material temperatur


Min. +10 C up to max. +55-60 C substrate temperatur
Please observe dew point.
Air humidity< 80%

Drying times tack-free dry to touch dry to stack


(+20C, 65 % rel. air
humidity) after approx. after approx. after approx.
5 - 10 min. 5 10 min. 5 - 10 min.

164
TECHNICAL DATASHEET: PRIMERS
2K-HYDRO EP SHOPPRIMER K
Art.-No. 314-0311

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


2K-HYDRO SHOPPRIMER K is a over-weldable 2K material. It serves as a shopprimer for steel constructions,
which need to get a further under- and topcoat on the construction site. It is able to torch cut and over weldable
after the drying process, whereby the dry film thickness should amount to approx. 15 - 25 m. The curred primary
coat is steady against sea water, fresh water, diesel and fuel oil, gasoline and hydraulic oil and can be revised
with all common under- and topcoats on one- and two-pack basis. Organic and inorganic zinc dust primers are
not suitable as subsequent coating.
The corrosion protection is usually sufficient for 6 months, depends however on the layer thickness and the spe-
cial load. Certified test certificates after the DVS guideline 0501 the SLV Duisburg and the Germanic Lloyd are
present.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN ISO 12944-4.

Application method:
Add all hardener to the main component and allow time for the hardener to flow out the container. Stir mixture
well, preferably by means of a mechanical mixer. Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can
diminish coating quality and durability.
Spraying method Airless spraying
Pump compression 1 : 30
jet: approx. 0,38 mm / 0,015 inch
Hose length: approx. 30 m
Angle: 30 - 60
Thinner: water By usage in automatic spraying lines it is
necassary to dilute with approx. 25 % water.
Ensure dry spraying air with a water separator. The material is sensible to humidity during processing.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
02/02 Ro/Ja-314-0311

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

165
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS

166
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

BFALIN Kunstharzlack
Highly glossy, quick drying, weather resistant and stressable synthetic resin varnish. A one component, high qual-
ity top coat varnish with protective and decorative qualities for varnishing vehicles, steel construction, machinery,
equipment and hulks above the water level.

Art.-No. 466-colour shade


Art.-No. 467-colour shade
Type of binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,05 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 43 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 53 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Lightly thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade RAL-colour


NCS-colours
Special-colour shades

Degree of Gloss / High gloss (466-),


60/surface Semi gloss (467-)
60 measuring angle
Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened contain-
ers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.
VOC-value Approx. 480 g/l depending on colour shade

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 40 m on a flat surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 100 g/m or 95 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 10 11 m/kg or 10 - 11 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. 30C air and object temperature


Please observe dew point, which has to be min. 3 C higher.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5C 36 hours Not applicable
At +10C 24 hours
At +20C 16 hours
At +30C 8 hours
Forced drying: 45 minutes at 50C
The drying times can be shorten and the surface hardness can be improved
through adding 10 % BFALIN PUR Spezialhrter, Art.-No. 385-0140.

167
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
BFALIN Kunstharzlack
Art.-No. 466-colour shade
Art.-No. 467-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


BFALIN synthetic resin varnish is an air-drying, highly glossy, weather resistant, quick drying top coat varnish for
steel and non-iron metal protection as well as for colouring vehicles, steel construction, machinery, all kinds of
equipment and ships hulks above the water level. Low flame-spread characteristics acc. to IMO Res. MSC.61
(67) (FTP-Code), Annex 1, Part 5.
Temperature resistant by dry heat up to +100C. At temperatures over +60C, colour changes may occur.

Surface preparation:
The substrate must be solid, clean, dry and free from grease, wax, silicon, rust and dust. The substrate must also
have an intact corrosion protection and suitable primer of sufficient thickness. Remove old layers. Clean, roughen
and dedust old load bearing layers and test for compatibility.

Standard coating systems:


The system depends on condition of the surface and stress.
Primer The total dry layer thickness of the primer on external steel construction should not
exceed 80 m, although 60 m is sufficient.
Suitable primer are:
KORROTAL 266, Art.-No. 266-colour shade
KH-HAFTGRUND A 200, Art.-No. 224-colour shade
When coating non iron metals, an adhesive is necessary (to be applied in appropriate
thickness), e.g. Art.-No. 312 - 0071 or 321 - 0751.
Intermediate layer E.g. 1x 80 m KORROTAL 266, Art.-No. 266 - , in the colour shade corresponding to
the top coat colour.
When using an adhesive, then the intermediate layer is unnecessary.
Topcoat 1 x 40 m BFALIN Kunstharzlack 466- in the required colour. In cases of stronger
stressing, increase the total dry layer thickness accordingly.

Application methods:
Spraying method Airless spraying Brushing, Rolling
Pump-compression: 1 : 60 Not applicable
Diameter of jet 0,019 inch
Angle: 30 - 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 1010-0115
Ensure dry spraying air with a water separator. The material is sensible to humidity during processing.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Br-466-/467-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

168
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS

169
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

PROFI SATIN
Specially resistant, highly opaque, satin mat topcoat for interior and exterior. Scratch, impact and abrasion resis-
tant. Aromatic free and odor-mild.

Art.-No. 439-colour shade


Type of binder Alkyd resin combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) 1,10 1,30 g/cm

Solid content Weight: approx. 61 %


Volume: approx. 41 %

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Semi gloss

VOC-value Approx. 460 g/l

Method of application Brushing, rolling, spraying

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12
months. Already opened cans keep well closed and use very fast.

Application conditions Min. +5 C air and object temperature


Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Spreading rates. Approx. 85 ml/m

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different
properties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN
53220.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % rel. air Dust dry Tack free Refinishable
humidity)
after approx. 4 hours After approx. 6 8 After approx. 12 hours
hours
Higher temperatures shorten and higher humidity prolong the mentioned
drying times.
Tinting RELIUS MIX. All colour shades are mixable

Thinner RELIUS VERDNNUNG AF, Art.-No.101-1645

Cleaning of equipment Immediately after use with turpentine substitute or diluent for cellulose
lacquer.

170
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
PROFI SATIN
Art.-No. 439-colour shade

Preparation of the substrate and paint:


Check on carrying coat on suitability (see VOB, part C, DIN 18363, 3.1.1).

Substrate Preparation Over- Re- Coat


haul newal
coating coating
Primer 1st intermedi- Surface 2nd intermedi- Top coat
ate coat treatment ate coat
(interior)
Wood Smoothen edges, de-dust 1) 3) Exterior: Interior: Surface Interior: RELIUS
(adm. wood wooden parts. Wash highly 2) 4) RELIUS RELIUS treatment, RELIUS ProfiSa-
moisture resinous and tropical woods Holzimprg- RAPID- sanding and VorLac tin
15 % max.) with diluent for cellulose nier-Grund PRIMER de-dusting if Exterior:
lacquer. Deresinify resin Exterior: necessary RELIUS
galls and knots. De-rust iron VentiPrimer VentiPrimer
parts and pre-treat with
RELIUS KORROTAL.
Decidous Smoothen edges, de-dust Exterior: Interior: Surface Interior: RELIUS
woods wooden parts. Wash highly RELIUS RELIUS treatment, RELIUS ProfiSa-
(adm. wood resinous and tropical woods Holzimprg- RAPID- sanding and VorLac tin
moisture with diluent for cellulose nier-Grund if PRIMER de-dusting if Exterior:
12 % max.) lacquer. Deresinify resin necessary Exterior: necessary RELIUS
galls and knots. De-rust iron VentiPrimer VentiPrimer
parts and pre-treat with
RELIUS KORROTAL.
Wood Check substrate as carrier RELIUS --- Surface RELIUS RELIUS
panels for coat. Clean surfaces UniPrimer treatment, VorLac ProfiSa-
(Plywood) thoroughly. sanding and tin
de-dusting
Fiber Clean fiber boards do not RELIUS --- Surface RELIUS RELIUS
boards sand. Check oilhardened UniPrimer treatment, Vorlac ProfiSa-
fiber surfaces on carriage for sanding and tin
coat. De-rust iron parts and de-dusting
pre-treat with RELIUS KOR-
ROTAL.
Metals Clean surfaces, degrease if RELIUS RELIUS --- Interior: RELIUS
steel (Col- necessary. Degrease sub- Korrotal Korrotal RELIUS ProfiSa-
our shade surface rusting. De-rust and VorLac tin
also appli- degrease steel parts without Exterior
cable for protecting priming coat RELIUS
radiators) thoroughly. Remove rolling RapidPrimer
skin.
Zinc, gal- Clean, degrease etc. by RELIUS Interior: --- --- RELIUS
vanized means of ammonial wetting ZincPrimer RELIUS ProfiSa-
steel agent wash. VorLac tin
Exterior
RELIUS
RapidPrimer
Aluminum Clean and degrease RELIUS Interior: --- --- RELIUS
UniPrimer RELIUS ProfiSa-
VorLac tin
Exterior
RELIUS
RapidPrimer
Synthetics Clean resp. degrease sur- RELIUS Interior: --- --- RELIUS
(thermo- faces thoroughly, roughen UniPrimer RELIUS ProfiSa-
setting with fine sand paper and VorLac tin
plastics, remove with RELIUS Exterior
hard ther- Verdnnung AF. When RELIUS
moplastics) initiate to dissolution of the RapidPrimer
surface the synthetics is not
suitable.

171
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: PRIMERS
PROFI SATIN
Art.-No. 439-colour shade

1) Remove putty/sealing at windows. De-rust and sand iron parts and pre-treat with RELIUS Korrotal. Pre-treat
exposed zinc surfaces as mentioned above. Clean carrying coats on mineral substrate thoroughly.
2) Check older coat on suitability. Remove non-carrying coat parts (mechanically or by suitable removing sol-
vents). Remove residues thoroughly. Mat-sand or lixiviate and wash carrying surfaces. Do not sand exposed
fiber surfaces!
3) De-rust, clean and degrease metal surfaces carefully as described above.
4) Remove old coat (mechanically or by suitable removing solvents). Damaged areas in the substrate has to be
treated.
If substrate not mentioned please contact application technologist.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 439-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

172
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK DS
Zinc phosphate containing, quick drying and silk-shining coating. For casting, steel surfaces, e.g. steel construc-
tions in the hall construction, crane installations, machine and apparatus engineering, switchgear cabinets, agri-
cultural machinery, container repair range etc.

Art.-No. 422-colour shade


Type of binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,1 - 1,4 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 43 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 60 % depending on colour shade
Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade See delivery programme

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss


35 - 45% gloss

VOC-value Approx. 460 480 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Thickness of film and con- at a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on even surface:
sumption (per application), theoretical: 240 g/m or 190 ml/m
spreading rates accordingly : 4 m/kg or 5,5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Minimum +5 C air and object temperature


Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable


rel. air humidity)
After appr. 30 min After appr. 3 hours After appr. 3 days

Colour shade Colours are among themselves mixable.

173
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK DS
Art.-No. 422-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK DS can be used in a single layer. Preferably the application takes place in stationary air-
less spraying plants. Layer thickness up to 100 m can be reached. Excellent adhesion on steel surfaces also
without priming and casting. The material cannot be revised with itself. The material is steady with dry heat to
+100C. At temperatures over +80C colour changes may occur.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system.
The surface must be clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are
1
achieved by blast cleaning to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Standard coating systems:


Interior Topcoat 1 x 80 100 m ZP-EINSCHICHTLACK DS,
Art.-No. 422-colour shade
Exterior Topcoat 1 x 80 100 m ZP EINSCHICHTLACK DS,
Art.-No. 422-colour shade
If due to a specific situation it is meaningful to prime:
1 2 x 80 m KORROTAL 266, Art.-No. 266-colour shade

Application method:
Spray Airless spray Compressed air spray Brush, Roll

Nozzle orifice: 0,4 0,5 mm 1,5 2,5 mm In delivery consistency


0,01 inch 0,03-0,05 inch
Pressure: 120 150 bar 3 4 bar
Number of applications 1 cross coat 1 2 cross coats
EP-Thinner,
Art.-No. 101-0115 0-5% 5 - 10 %

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 De-422-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

174
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT


Decorative, thick coat metal protective system in one- pack process with prominent adhesion. Long-time-rust
protection with high resistibility against aggressive atmosphere.

Art.-No. 440-colour shade


Type of binder Acrylic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,15 - 1,40 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 44 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 62 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Degree of Gloss / Satin matt, semi gloss


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 460 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 60 m on even surface
Spreading rates Theoretical: approx. 135 g/m or 170 ml/m
Approx. 7 m/kg or 6 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C up to +30 C air and object temperature


Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Refinishable


rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 hours After min. approx. 12 hours
Complete through-drying, depending upon layer thickness and temperature,
generally after several days.

175
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT
Art-.No. 440-colour shade

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Steel The substrate has to be clean, dry and free of rolling skin and other foreign layers. Prepare
acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4 up to Sa 2 .

Galvanised The substrate has to be clean and free of dirt. Due to transportation or rebuilding the surface
steel could show dirt like oil, grease or salt - remove all. During weathering different corrosion
products and salt could occur depending on atmospheric and chemical stress. All those dirt
materials influence the adhesion and have to be removed acc. to DIN 55928 or DIN ISO
12944-44 before application starts. When the surface is very smooth roughen beforehand by
blasting.

Aluminium Clean thoroughly. Remove all dirt or damages acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO
112944-4.
Old coatings Check adhesion and compatibility first with test layer. Remove weathered, cracked and not
well adhesioned layers. Roughen glossy and smooth old coatings beforehand.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Underground Steel, galvanised steel, aluminium
Primer 1 2 x OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT, Art.-No. 440-colour shade
Topcoat 1 2 x OLDOSIT METAL PROTECT, Art.-No. 440-colour shade

Application method:
Method Airless-Spraying Brushing and Rolling
Spray pressure 150 - 200 bar In delivery consistency
of jet 0,38 - 0,46 mm Apply with full brush and light pressure without much
0,01 inch spreading so that the below layers wont be loosened.
Machine sieve > 250 mm Observe that the addition of thinner may reduce the
layer thickness. When application with roll or brush the
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-1646 up to 5 %
layer thickness is not as thick as with the spraying
method.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
10/01 De 440-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

176
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER


Weather resistant, thick top coat based on PVC-combination acc. to the regulations of the German Railway AG,
TL 918 300, with good durable elasticity during ageing. With suitable primer for the protection of steel, galvanised
steel and aluminium against aggressive atmosphere, for colouring, inside and outside. Environmentally friendly
pigment and filler combination.

Art.-No. 445-colour shade


Type of binder Polymer resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,40 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 46 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 66 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio --

Pot life (+20C) --

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 470 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 80 m on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 240 g/m or 170 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 4 m/kg or 5 - 6 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C up to +30 C air and object temperature


Air humidity: < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 After approx. 4 After min. approx. After approx. 7
hours hours 8 hours days
Forced drying: not applicable.

177
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER
Art-.No. 445-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Thick top coat with good adhesion acc. to the regulations of the German Railway AG, TL 918 300, page 77, also
as recoating of old coatings based on alkyd resin. Due to the excellent solids and resistance a safe and long du-
rability is given. Dont use this material when surfaces are stressed very often with water or on alkaline substrates.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Steel The substrate has to be clean, dry and free of rolling skin and other foreign layers. Prepare
acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4 up to Sa 2 .
Galvanised The substrate has to be clean and free of dirt. Due to transportation or rebuilding the surface
Steel could show dirt like oil, grease or salt - remove all. During weathering different corrosion
products and salt could occur depending on atmospheric and chemical stress. All those dirt
materials influence the adhesion and have to be removed acc. to DIN 55928 or DIN ISO
12944-44 before application starts. When the surface is very smooth roughen beforehand by
blasting.

Aluminium Clean thoroughly. Remove all dirt or damages acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO
112944-4.
Old coatings Check adhesion and compatibility first with test layer. Remove weathered, cracked and not
well adhesioned layers. Roughen glossy and smooth old coatings beforehand.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Steel Galvanised Steel / Aluminium
Primer 1 - 2 x 80 m each OLDOSIT Dickschicht 1 - 2 x 60 m MULTIGRUND Art.-
Grund, Art.-No. 246-colour shade No. 277-colour shade
Top coat 1 - 2 x 80 m each OLDOSIT Dickschicht EG, 1 - 2 x 80 m each OLDOSIT Dickschicht
Art.-No. 445-colour shade or OLDOSIT Dick- EG, Art.-No. 445-colour shade or
schicht, Art.-No. 446-colour shade OLDOSIT Dickschicht, Art.-No. 446-colour
shade

178
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDOSIT DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER
Art-.No. 445-colour shade
Application method:
To achieve a good optic the application of the micaceous iron ore based paint should be best on large substrates.
The application with brush or roll has to be done accurately to get a good optic. Different application techniques
will show different colours/appearance. The plate-like aluminium pigments line up different depending on the ap-
plication technique. Due to their reflecting power they strengthen the visual effect. Therefore small batch differ-
ences can show stronger visual differences.
Note that through addition of thinner the dry layer thickness will be reduced.

Method Airless-Spraying Brushing and Rolling


Spray pressure 150 - 200 bar in delivery consistency
of jet 0,4 - 0,6 mm Apply with full brush and light pressure without
Machine sieve > 250 mm much spreading so that the below layers wont
Spray distance approx. 50 cm be loosened. Observe that the addition of thin-
ner may reduce the layer thickness. When ap-
Angle according to the surface which
plication with roll or brush the layer thickness is
can be worked on
not as thick as with the spraying method.
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 up to 5 %

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

179
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER


Weather resistant, thick top coat with excellent adhesion on galvanised steel acc. to the regulations of the Ger-
man Railway AG, TL 918 300, page 75, for avoiding zinc erosion on galvanised surfaces by an aggressive atmos-
phere and for colouring.

Art.-No. 444-colour shade


Type of binder Polymer resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,25 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 38 %


Weight: approx. 57 %
Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 535 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months
(unmixed). Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 100 m on even surface
Streading rate Theoretical: approx. 330 g/m or 270 ml/m
Approx.: 3 m/kg or 4 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C up to +30 C air and object temperature


Air humidity: <85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 After approx. 4 After approx. 8 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Complete curring, depending upon layer thickness and temperature, generally
after several days.

180
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER
Art-.No. 444-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Thick topcoat with good adhesion acc. to the regulations of the German Railway AG, TL 918 300, page 75, and
long-term protection on galvanised steel. Prevents a zinc erosion by an aggressive atmosphere and for colouring.
Dont use this material when surfaces are stressed very often with water.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
The substrate has to be clean and free of dirt. Due to transportation or rebuilding the surface could show dirt like
oil, grease or salt - remove all. During weathering different corrosion products and salt could occur depending on
atmospheric and chemical stress. All those dirt materials influence the adhesion and have to be removed acc. to
DIN 55928 or DIN ISO 12944-44 before application starts. When the surface is very smooth roughen beforehand
by blasting.
Check adhesion and compatibility first with test layer. Remove weathered, cracked and not well adhesioned lay-
ers. Roughen glossy and smooth old coatings beforehand

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
On intact galvanised steel 2 x OLDOSIT V DICKSCHICHT EISENGLIMMER,
Art.-No. 444-colour shade, layer thickness for each coating 100 m

Application method:
To get a better optic the spraying method is recommended for large substrates. The application with brush or roll
has to be done accurately to achieve a good optic. Different application techniques will show different col-
ours/appearance. The plate-like aluminium pigments line up different depending on the application technique.
Due to their reflecting power they strengthen the visual effect. Therefore small batch differences can show
stronger visual differences.
Note that through addition of thinner the dry layer thickness will be reduced.
Method Airless-Spraying Brushing and Rolling
Spray pressure 150 - 200 bar In delivery consistency
of jet 0,46 - 0,66 mm Apply with full brush and light pressure without much
Machine sieve > 250 mm spreading so that the below layers wont be loosened.
Spray distance approx. 50 cm Observe that the addition of thinner may reduce the layer
thickness. When application with roll or brush the layer
Angle according to the surface which
thickness is not as thick as with the spraying method.
can be worked on
Thinner,
Art.-No. 101-0115 up to 5 %

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 De-444-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

181
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

ACRYLAT TOPCOAT
Topcoat on acrylic resin basis for boat top, deck and top side to be applied universally.

Art.-No. 459-colour shade


Type of binder Acrylic resin combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,1 g/ml

Solid content Weight: approx. 58 %


Volume: approx. 44 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 140-150 sec DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Glossy

VOC-value Approx. 495 g/l

Shelf life at + 20C Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already
opened containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from
frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 45 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 110 g/m or 100 ml/m
Approx.: 9 m/kg or 10 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different
properties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN
53220.
Application conditions Min. +5C to max. 30C for air and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.
Reworking times Minimum Maximum
+ 5C 40 hours
+ 10C 26 hours Not applicable
+ 20C 16 hours
+ 30C 12 hours

182
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
ACRYLAT TOPCOAT
Art.-No. 459-colour shade

Special characteristics and stabilities:


For a skid-proof coat add Antislip-Powder Art.-No. 109-0811, approx.. 10 %. Weather-resistant and steadily
against sea water.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system. The surface has to
be clean, dry, solid an free of other foreign matters. Prepare surface acc. To DIN EN 55928, part 4, or DIN iso
12944-4.
Adhesion of older layers has to be tested by trial coatings. Weathered, cracked and not perfectly adhesive coats
have to be removed completely. Glossy, even old coatings have to be roughened.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer At dark colour shades : CR-Primer
Art.-No. 251-0097 red brown or 251-0197 grey
At light colour shades: CR-Primer
Art.-No. 251-0110 white

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spraying Brushing and rolling

Pump compression: 1 : 60 In delivery consistency


Nozzle orifice: 0,017 inch
Spraying angle: 60
Max. length of hose: Approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
These are reference respectively consumption values. Spraying viscosity has to be checked on-spot.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 De-459-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

183
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDOPOX EP 325
Two component intermediate and top coat with excellent corrosion protection properties for steel construction and
as pigmented sealer for concrete and plaster. OLDOPOX EP 325 produces pore-free and smooth layers with
good stability as well as abrasion and shock resistance; the surface is easy to clean.

Art.-No. 325-colour shade


Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,40 - 1,50 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 51 - 58 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 70 - 76 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) approx. 1.000 - 1.500 mPa s

Mixing ratio 3,1 : 1 by volume


5 : 1 by weight with EP-hardener 610, Art.-No. 387-0610

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade RAL-colour shades / See our delivery programme

Degree of Gloss / Semi gloss


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 430 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 50 m on even surface
sumption (per application), theoretically approx. 120 - 150 g/m or 85 - 100 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 7 - 8 m/kg or 10 - 11 m/l
Approx. 250 g/m per application on concrete

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10C to max. +30C material temperature


Min. +5C to max. +30C air and object temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity) After approx. 2 After approx. 8 After approx. 16 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Forced drying: 60 minutes at 50C
30 minutes at 80C

184
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDOPOX EP 325
Art-.No. 325-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDOPOX EP 325 has a very good chemical resistance, especially alkalis, and is resistant against oils, fuels,
salts, lyes, thinned acids and aliphatic hydrocarbons. During weathering chalking occurs which does not influence
the durability of the coating system. Bright colour shades will yellow slightly under the influence of light. The mate-
rial is durably resistant at dry heat up to +80 C, shortly resistant up to +120 C and at humid heat up to +40 C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN ISO 12944-4.
Steel Remove old layers of unknown composition. One component paints can, by coating
with OLDOPOX EP 325, be loosened or even removed. Well cured, old two compo-
nent coatings with perfect adhesion can be recoated with OLDOPOX EP 325.
Roughen the substrate well beforehand (grind), if necessary retouch with OLDOPOX
Zinkphosphat-Grund (OLDOPOX Zinc phosphate Primer)
Concrete and plaster The substrate must be dry, free from cement slurries, oil and grease. Humidity content
: max. 4%

Standard coating systems:


Primer Steel: OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND, 320-colour shade
Zinc/Aluminium: OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, 321-0815 redbrown
Concrete/Plaster: RELIUS BASISHARZ 350, colourless
Top coat 1 - 2 x 50 m OLDOPOX EP 325, Art.-No. 325-colour shade
To prevent chalking apply a sealer like
1 x 40 m OLDODUR ADN 316, Art.-No. 316-colour shade

Application method:
Mix main component and hardener thoroughly, repot and mix again before application starts.
Method Airless-spraying Air pressure spraying Brushing, rolling
Spraying pressure 120 - 180 bar 3,5 - 4,0 bar At low temperatures up to 5 %
of jet 0,33 - 0,46 mm 1,2 - 1,5 mm EP-Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135,
Number of applications 1-2 1-2 can be added. With this
method a layer thickness of 40
Thinner, 103-0135 0-5% approx. 10 %
- 50 m can be applied.
Spraying consistency 40 - 60 seconds (per 25 - 30 sec.
application a layer thick-
ness of 80 m has to be
applied)
It is necessary to ensure dry air spraying by using an effective water separator.
The curing time between two applications should not exceed 3 days at +20 C, otherwise adhesion problems
could occur. In case of longer ageing roughen beforehand.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 RM 325-colour shade
Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

185
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR ADN SEIDENGLANZ


2 pack acrylic topcoat as finishing coat on metal surface i.o. steel constructions, machines, also wood, synthetic
surfaces and concretes. Excellent weather resistance and light fastness. Highest surface hardness and flexiblity.

Art.-No. 311-colour shade


Type of binder Acryl-Polyurethane

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,1 - 1,3 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 45 - 50 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 58 - 65 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Base-component: approx. 35 - 40 sec. 6-mm-flowcup


Mixture: 105 - 115 sec. 4 mm flowcup with PUR-Hrter 150
55 - 65 sec. 4 mm flowcup with PUR-Hrter 880

Mixing ratio 5 : 1 parts by weight or


4 : 1 parts by volume with PUR-Hrter 150, Art.-No. 385-0150

2,5 : 1 parts by weight or


2 : 1 parts by volume with PUR-Hrter 880, Art.-No. 385-0880

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours at +5C, approx. 4 hours at +20C


Maximum air humidity: 85%. Higher temperatures shorten the potlife

Colour shade RAL- and special- colour shades

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss


Approx. 55 - 65% gloss

VOC-value Approx. 460 490 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of: 40 m on even surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 100 - 120 g/m or 80 - 90 ml/m
Approx.: 9 m/kg or 11 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Minimum +10 C up to max. +30 C for air and object temperature
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dry dust Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 60 After approx. After approx. Approx. 7 days (water);
min 3 - 4 hours 12 hours Approx. 14 days (chem.)
Forced drying: approx. 20 min. ventilate time
Fully cured: after approx. 30 min. at +100 C or
after approx. 45 min. at +90 C

186
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR ADN SEIDENGLANZ
Art.-No. 311-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDODUR ADN 311 is a semi gloss coating, which is pore-dense and smooth with a high resistance to weather
and light as well as a high surface strength. Combined with the a.m. characteristics the material has an excellent
adhesion, a good abrasion resistance and flexibility. OLDODUR ADN 311 coatings have a very high resistance to
chemicals; they are resistant to oil, normal petrol and aliphatic solvents. After curing the coatings are easy to
clean due to their surface smoothness and hardness. Temperature resistant at dry heat up to max. +60 C,
shortly up to +140 C. At humid heat up to max. +40 C.
The drying time can be shortened by addition of a accelerator, art-no. 110-0316. Max. addition 3 %.

Surface preparation:
Old coatings Coatings of unknown composition have to be removed. One component coatings could
loose adhesion. Well dried old two component coatings can be roughened and recoated
with OLDODUR ADN 311.

Steel The substrate has to be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and dust; it has to be well
derusted and must have a prime-layer, e.g. OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND TL,
Art.-No. 320-colour shade.

Aluminium and Cleaning of the surface as with steel. The surfaces may not have oxidized.
zinced steel

Wood No special pretreatment is necessary, perhaps grinding. The humidity of the wood should
not exceed 15 % as far as conifers and oaks are concerned, and not exceed 12 % as far
as tropical foliage are concerned. For strong sucking substrates we recommend the
priming with OLDODUR BT, Art.-Nr. 304-0050.

Concrete, fibre re- Concrete buildings have to be perfectly insulated against earth humidity, soil acids and
inforced cement aggressive earth so that no dampness can penetrate from the outside and thus lead to the
formation of blisters and loosening of inside coatings. The substrate has to be dry and
free from contaminations, densification and sealing agents. In order to have optimum
conditions for the durability of the coatings remove cement grout.
Synthetic surfaces Produced synthetic surfaces based on epoxy resin, polyurethane or unsaturated polyester
can be reworked within 24 hours without further pretreatment except removing of old
separating agents. Old, completely cured synthetic surfaces have to be thoroughly
cleaned and mechanically roughened before coating with OLDODUR ADN-
SEIDENGLANZ.

Application method:
Pour hardener into main component according to the mixing-ratio and mix thoroughly. Repot and stir again. The
substrate has to be dry and free of grease and dust. Even slight amounts of dirt reduce the quality and durability
of the coating.
Application method Air pressure spraying
Spraying pressure: 3,5 - 4,0 bar
jet: 1,2 - 1,5 mm
number of application: 1 - 2 cross coats
thinner, art.-no. 103-0132: up to 20 %
viscosity (4 mm can): 18 -22 sec.

It is necessary to use an effective water separator for dry spraying air.

187
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR ADN SEIDENGLANZ


Art.-No. 311-colour shade

Standard coating systems:


The coating system and the number of applications depend on the condition of the substrate and the stress. For
more information please observe the other technical data sheets.
Primer steel alu, galvanised steel wood plastic
normal extreme normal extreme
stress stress
TU-UNIVERSAL-GRUNDIERUNG 25 m
Art.-No. 213-0760 / -0320 160 g/m
KORROTAL 40-60 m 2 x 80 m
Art.-No. 266-Farbton 220 g/m 580 g/m
OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT- 60 m 2 x 80 m
GRUND, Art.-No. 320-0038 /-8012 220 g/m 580 g/m
2K-FLLGRUND 70 m
Art.-No. 312-0060 205 g/m
OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG 60 m 2 x 80 m
Art.-No. 321-0771 /-0815 250 g/m 670 g/m
OLDODUR 2K-FLLGRUND 60 m
Art.-No. 312-0092 180 g/m
OLDODUR PRIMER KST 25 m
Art.-No. 312-0071 130 g/m
Please note: By using OLDODUR ADN SEIDENGLANZ as a seal coat on concrete or
on plaster substrates the primer depends on the condition of the surface.
On request please contact our technical support for further information.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 Wi-311-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

188
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR ADN glossy


Two component acrylic top coat for coating systems on metal, e.g. steel constructions, large containers (outside),
machinery, wood, synthetic surfaces as well as for concrete, brick work and asbestos cement.

Art.-No. 316-colour shade


Type of binder Acryl-polyurethane

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,0 - 1,25 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 40 50 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 55 - 65 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Base-component: approx. 35 - 40 sec. 6-mm-flowcup


Mixture: 110 130 sec. 4-mm-flowcup with PUR-Hrter 150
55 - 65 sec. 4-mm-flowcup with PUR-Hrter 880

Mixing ratio 5 : 1 parts by weight or


4 : 1 parts by volume with OLDODUR PUR-Hrter 150, Art.-No. 385-0150

or
2,5 : 1 by weight with OLDODUR PUR-Hrter 880, Art.-No. 385-0880

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours at +5 C, approx. 40 hours at +20 C.


Higher temperatures shorten the pot life.

Colour shade RAL- and special colour shades

Gloss / 60 Glossy, approx. 90 % gloss

VOC-value Approx. 400 430 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 40 m on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 90 - 110 g/m or 75 - 90 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 9 - 10 m/kg or 10 - 11 m/ml

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C up to max. +35 C for air and object temperature
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % tack-free Tack free Refinishable Full stressable


rel. air humidity)
After approx. 90 After approx. 5 After approx. 12 After 7 days (wa-
minutes - 6 hours hours ter) or
14 days (chemi-
cals)
Forced drying: 20 min. ventilation
30 min. at +100 C
or 45 min. at +90 C

189
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR ADN glossy
Art-.No. 316-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDODUR ADN coatings are highly glossy, pore-dense and they show a high resistance to weather and light as
well as gloss retention. The extreme surface hardness comes up to the hardness of annealing varnishes. Com-
bined with the a.m. characteristics the material has an excellent adhesion and a good abrasion resistance.
OLDODUR ADN can be air dried, but it can also be heated at temperatures of up to +130 C.
OLDODUR ADN coatings have a very high resistance to chemicals; they are resistant to oil, normal petrol and
aliphatic solvents. After curing the coatings are easy to clean due to their surface smoothness and hardness.
OLDODUR ADN coatings can be reworked at any time without any previous roughening, but they should be
cleaned beforehand. Temperature resistant at dry heat up to max. +60 C, shortly up to +140 C. At humid heat
up to max. +40 C.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Old coatings Old coatings of unknown composition have to be removed completely. One component
coatings can be loosened during recoating. Well dried, old two component coatings can
be repaired with OLDODUR ADN after being roughened.

Steel The substrate has to be clean, dry and free from oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and
other unknown layers. Preparation by blasting Sa 2 acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN
ISO 12944-4.
NE-metal and Preparation method acc. to steel. The surfaces may not be oxidated.
galvanised steel

Wood No special pretreatment is necessary, perhaps grinding. The humidity of the wood should
not exceed 15 % as far as conifers and oaks are concerned, and not exceed 12 % as far
as tropical foliage are concerned. For strong sucking substrates we recommend the
priming with OLDODUR BT, Art.-Nr. 304-0050.

Concrete, fibre- Concrete buildings have to be perfectly insulated against earth humidity, soil acids and
reinforced cement aggressive earth so that no dampness can penetrate from the outside and thus lead to
the formation of blisters and loosening of inside coatings. The substrate has to be dry and
free from contaminations, densification and sealing agents. In order to have optimum
conditions for the durability of the coatings remove cement grout.

Synthetic surfaces Produced synthetic surfaces based on epoxy resin, polyurethane or unsaturated polyes-
ter can be reworked within 24 hours without further pretreatment except removing of old
separating agents. Old, completely cured synthetic surfaces have to be thoroughly
cleaned and mechanically roughened before coating with OLDODUR ADN.

190
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR ADN glossy
Art.-No. 316-colour shade

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the surface and on stress:
Primer Steel NE-metal, Wood Synthetic
galvanised steel
stress stress
normal extreme normal extreme
TU-Universal Primer 25 m
Art.-No. 213-0760/-0320 160 g/m
KORROTAL 60 m 2 x 80 m
Art.-No. 266-colour shade 220 g/m 580 g/m
OLDOPOX Zincphosphate 60 m 2 x 80 m
Primer 220 g/m 580 g/m
Art.-No. 320-0038 / -8012
PUR-Metal Primer 70 m
Art.-No. 312-0302 170 g/m
OLDOPOX Primer ZHG 60 m 2 x 80 m
Art.-No. 321-0771/-0815 250 g/m 670 g/m
OLDODUR 2K-Filler 60 m
Art.-No. 312-0020 180 g/m
OLDODUR Primer KST 25 m
Art.-No. 312-0071 130 g/m
Advice: If used as sealing on concrete or fibre-reinforced cement the primer depends on
he condition of the surface. Please contact our technical department if necessary.

Method of application:
Main component and hardener have to mixed thoroughly acc. to the mentioned mixing ratio. During processing
take care for cleanness of the equipment. Even a little bit of humidity can lead to less quality and durability of the
coating.
Method of spraying Air pressure spraying Brushing
Pressure: 3,5 - 4,0 bar Ready to process after mixing.
Diameter of jet 1,2 - 1,5 mm At +10 C PUR-Thinner (Art.-No. 103-
No. of applications 1 - 2 cross-way 0132) can be added up to
Thinner (PUR-Thinner, 103-0132) up to 20 % 5 %.
Viscosity (4-mm) 18 - 22 sec.
During spraying method it is necessary to ensure dry air spraying using in effective water separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Wi-316-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

191
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. DECK


Two pack topcoat for thick coating on steel, micaceous iron oxide and aluminium - pigmented.
See Bundesbahn, TL 918300, page 87.

Art.-No. 313-colour shade


Type of binder Acryl-polyurethane

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,34 1,40 g/ml depends on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 50%


Weight: approx. 67%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio 6,7 : 1 by volume


10 : 1 by weight with PUR-Hrter 150, Art.-No. 385-0150

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 6 hours

Colour shade See delivery programme

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC-value Approx. 450 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 80 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 215-225 g/m or 160 ml/m
Approx.: 4-5 m/kg or 6-7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +35 C for air- and substrate temperature
Min. +10 C to max. +30 C for material temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 30 After approx. 3 After min. approx. After approx. 7
minutes hours 12 hours 14 days
Forced drying: 60 minutes at 50C
30 minutes at 80C

192
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2.DECK
Art.-No. 313-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. DECK is a second topcoat for monitoring systems after Bundesbahnvorschrift for
steel constructions and assigned as final coat on metal, e.g. steel constructions, bulk container outside, machines
and on concrete, e.g. brick-work and fiber-reinforced cement. OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. Deck results in
semi gloss layers with highest weather and light resistance. Due to its binder composition and its shed-like iron
mica-/aluminum pigments highest corrosion prevention are reached. The layer is physiologically harmless after
complete hardening. OLDODUR Eisenglimmer coatings can be revised after each time without previous rough-
ening. The material is continuous steadily brief with dry heat upto max. +60C and intermediant max. +140C.

Surface preparation:
OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER 2. DECK can only be used on steel surfaces that have been protected with an ap-
propriate primer. The surface must be clean, dry and free of oil and grease. Old EP-coating systems should be
roughened in order to prevent adhesion problems.

Standard coating systems:


Primer Steel: OLDOPOX ZINKPHOSPHAT-GRUND, Art.-No. 320-colour shade
OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB, Art.-No. 377-0079
Zinc/Alu: OLDOPOX PRIMER ZHG, Art.-No. 321-0815 red brown
Concrete: RELIUS BASISHARZ 350, colourless or different colours
1. Topcoat 1 2 x 50 m OLDOPOX 325, Art.-No. 325-colour shade
2. Topcoat 1 x 80 m OLDODUR EISENGLIMMER, Art.-No. 313-colour shade

Application method:
Spray Airless spray Compressed air Brush and Roller
spray
Nozzle orifice: 0,3 0,5 mm Not applicable In delivery consistency
Pressure: approx. 250 bar During the processing the material must be ap-
EP-Thinner, plied evenly and distributed fast and briskly. The
Art.-No. 103-0135 max. 15 % softening must always take place in continuous
direction

These are reference respectively consumption values. Spraying viscosity has to be checked on-spot.
The softening of the layer must always take place in continuous direction, so that the aluminum bronze sheds
are always uniformly aligned and thus a stripe-free surface is reached.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 WA-313 Le-313-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

193
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau


Solvent free, elastic, two component polyurethane liquid synthetic compound for coatings of steel roads, movable
bridges (e.g. liftbridges, drawbridges, turnbridges), walkways, sidewalks and cycle tracks of steady bridges. Certi-
fied acc. to the regulations for thin coatings (reactive resin combined) on steel.

Art.-No. 367-7612
Type of binder Elastic, solvent free polyurethane

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,45 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 100 %


Weight: approx. 100 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 5.000 - 6.000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 6 : 1 by weight with hardener 460, Art.-No. 385-0460


5 : 1 by volume

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 30 min.

Colour shade Basalt grey, approx. RAL 7012

Degree of Gloss / Glossy


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 7 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Method of application Tooth spatula, wiper and ladle

Thickness of film and con- At a dry layer thickness of 1 mm unfilled material on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretically approx. 1,45 kg/m resp. 1 l/m
spreading rates Approx.: 0,69 m/kg resp. 1 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Minimum +5 C up to max. +40 C air and object temperature.


At temperatures below +15 C curing times could prolong.
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable and Mech. / chem.
rel. air humidity) walkable stressable
After approx. 4 After approx. 6 After approx. 12 After approx. 7 -
hours hours hours, max. ap- 14 days
prox. 48 hours
Forced drying: not applicable

194
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau
Art.-No. 367-7612

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


The mixing of both components leads to a fading-free drying, even at temperatures down to +5 C. During the
exothermic reaction (poly-addition) the liquid material dries into a viscous-elastic, positively protecting synthetic
film without splitting off reaction products. The procedure is visible due to an increase in viscosity. The material is
odourless. OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT coatings are resistant to fuel, oil, tar and most solvents. The material is not
resistant to fuel with a octane number higher than 98. The coatings are extremely abrasion resistant, mechanically
high stressable and resistant to several acids and lyes. OLDODOR 367 can be applied, because of its solvent-
freeness, in high coating layers. The surface of the coating is high glossy and flat. By weathering, after a short
time charking and yellowing will occure. This do not have a negative influence for the coating. The material is
continous steady brief with dry heat up to max. +140 C. By temperature above +80 C colour changings will oc-
cure.

Surface preparation:
Old coatings of unknown composition have to be removed. Well dried, old two component coatings with excellent
adhesion can be recoated with OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT. Roughen surface well. The adhesion areas have to
be dry, clean and free of oil and grease. The preparation has to be Sa 2 acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO
12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


Vibration and sag of steel constructions, e.g. bridges, ship decks, ramps and working platforms place a high
demand on the elasticity of material. Coatings should never consist of one layer only. The scattered grain needs
a buffer zone, so that it will not be crushed between steel and object. Buffer zone with OLDODUR DICK-
SCHICHT basalt grey, unfilled.

Basecoat 1 x 50 m OLDODUR Grund, red brown, Art.-No. 312-0034


The priming coats have to be sanded with fire-dried quartz sand, granulation 0.06
0.3.
Buffer zone 1 x 1 mm OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau without filler. Cure over night.

Coating OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau, filled, on request.


For the production of the wear resistant OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau is en-
riched with fillers on the construction site.
1. Service bars, sidewalk, cycling track, layer thickness approx. 3 mm,
1:1 filled with fire-dried quartz sand after grading curve 0.06 0.3,
density: 1,7 = 1.7 kg mixture with 1mm layer thickness
2. Sidewalk, carriageway surfacing, layer thickness approx. 6 mm,
1:1 filled with fire-dried quartz sand after grading curve 0.06 1.2,
density: 1,7 = 1.7 kg mixture with 1mm layer thickness
3. Carriageway surfacing, layer thickness approx. 10 15 mm,
1:2 filled with fire-dried quartz sand after grading curve 0.06 3.0,
density: 2,0 = 2,0 kg mixture with 1mm layer thickness
The fillers must be perfectly dry and have to be added after the hardener was mixed
into, repot. The incorporation of the fillers takes place depending upon consistency via
stirring with a slowly running agitator or by means of mixers. Pay attention to an even
levelling of the fillers.
The layer thickness depends on the demand up to the saturation with Mandurax of
appropriate granulation. Alternatively also quartz sand or silicon carbide can be used
instead of Mandurax.

195
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT basaltgrau
Art.-No. 367-7612

Application method:
Pour hardener into main component and mix thoroughly with electrical stirrer (below 400 UpM). Repot again and
add filling material earliest when both component are mixed well.
Apply OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT on even surfaces with ladle, wiper or tooth spatula.
The drying time between two OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT layers should not exceed 48 hours at +20 C, other-
wise adhesion problems could occur. In case of a too long waiting time roughen before recoating.

Processing temperatures and humidity:


From 5+C to +40C, relative air humidity, < 85 %. Please observe dew point. At temperatures below 15C the
drying process will be prolonged. At temperatures below 0C the reaction is stopped between main component
and hardener. Therefore OLDODUR DICKSCHICHT should not be processed at temperatures under +5C. High
air humidity and humidity generally lead to blisters and to a strong foaming. The coatings resulting from it show
strong adhesion loss and decreased mechanical firmness.
The drying time between two OLDODUR layers is not to exceed 48 hours at +20C, since otherwise adhesion
difficulties can occur. If the coating before the revision was dried for too long and thereby aged, the coating must
be roughened by grinding. With predictable, longer interruptions (and/or intermediate drying times) a perfect
compound can also be achieved by the fact that quartz sand is interspersed into the still liquid OLDODUR layer.
Surplus quartz sand before application of the subsequent layers has to be swept away.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

196
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE


Accelerated, solvent-free, two component synthetic as thick coated corrosion protective coating on large steel
surfaces like trays, containers etc.. Processing only by machine with two-components spraying machine possible.

Art.-No. 353-0062
Type of binder Polyurethane combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Main component: approx. 1,12 g/ml


PUR-Hardener: approx. 1,23 g/ml
Mixture: approx. 1,20 g/ml

Solid content Volume: 100 %


Weight: 100 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 8.800 mPa s, thixotropic

Mixing ratio 2,5 : 1 by weight with hardener, Art.-No. 385-0461


2,6 : 1 by volume with hardener, Art.-No. 385-0461

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 30 seconds ( 1 kg at +20 C)

Colour shade Green, approx. RAL 6002

Degree of Gloss / Glossy


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 2 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Thickness of film and con- With a dry film thickness of: 1000 m on a flat surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 1200 g/m resp. 1000 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 0,8 m/kg resp. 1 m/l
Recommended total layer thickness: min. 1000 to 5000 m
No limits upward, depends on load

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +20 C to +70 C for material temperature


Min. +5 C to +35 C for air and substrate temperature (for steel)
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Mechanically stressable Full chemical resistant


rel. air humidity)
After approx. 4 hours After approx. 7 days

197
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE
Art-.No. 353-0062

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Coatings made of OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE cure from +1 C onwards. During the exothermic reaction
(poly-addition) the liquid material dries fading-free into a viscous-elastic, positively protecting synthetic film without
splitting off reaction products.
The accelerated material can only be processed with a two component spraying machine. OLDODUR 353 is re-
sistant against diluted acids, diluted lyes, salt as well as fresh and salt water etc. The material is abrasion resis-
tant and mechanical stressable; it is solvent-free. OLDODUR 353 can be applied in thick layers. The surface is
glossy and smooth. During weathering chalking and a change in the colour tone occur after a relative short period.
This, however, has no disadvantageous influence on the durability of the coating.

Surface preparation:
The steel surfaces have to be blasted metallic clean acc. to DIN 55928, part 4. Standard degree of purity is Sa
2 . Blasting agents and dust have to be removed thoroughly, at best with vacuum-cleaner. The substrate has to
be dry and free of dust and grease. The application should start immediately after blasting and cleaning has been
finished.

Standard coating systems:


Steel Application has to start immediately after having finished blasting and cleaning.
OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE has to be applied in a layer thickness of 1.000 -
5.000 m. When processing with a two component spraying machine this thickness
is reached in one or several applications wet on wet (depending on object). If re-
quired, the blasted surface can be primed with 1 x 50 m OLDODUR Priming Coat,
Art.-No. 312-0034, red brown. After a curing time of 48 hours the primer can be
coated with OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE.

Outside weathered surfaces can be revised with OLDODUR finish coatings, type 316-colour shade or 313-
colour shade.

Processing method:
When processing with a spraying machine both components are separately added into the mixer and mixed in-
tensively in the inner mixing process. On request and if you process our material the first time our technicians are
very willing to provide you with information on suitable processing machines as well as their technical date (for
example: pressure, heating).

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Le-353-0062

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

198
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE


Thixotropic, solvent free, thick coating corrosion protection material for steel surfaces based on two components.
It serves as an additional product to OLDODUR 353 SPRITZMASSE for hand processing.

Art.-No. 353-6200
Type of binder Polyurethane combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,20 g/ml mixture

Solid content Volume: 100 %


Weight: 100 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 8.800 mPa s, thixotropic

Mixing ratio 2,5 : 1 parts by weight with hardener, Art.-No. 385-0460

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 30 minutes

Colour shade Green, approx. RAL 6002

Gloss / 60 Glossy

VOC-value 0 g/l

Shelf life at +20 C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Dry film thickness and With a dry film thickness of: 1000 m on a flat surface
Spreading rates Theoretical: approx. 1200 g/m resp. 1000 ml/m
Approx.: 0,8 m/kg resp. 1 m/l
Recommended total layer thickness: min. 500 to 5000 m.
No limits upward, depends on load.

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +15 C to +35 C for material temperature


Min. +5 C to +35 C for air and substrate temperature (for steel)
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Mechanically stressable Chemical stressable
rel. air humidity)
after approx. 24 hours After approx. 7 days

199
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE
Art-.No. 353-6200

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE coatings cure from +5 C on. At the exothermic cross-linking (poly addition) the
liquid material dries without any loss into a viscous elastic, protecting coating without separating reactive products.
The material is resistant to diluted acids, lyes, salts as well as sweet and salt water and much more. The coating
is wear resistant and mechanical stressable. OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE is solvent free and can be applied
in thick layers. The surface is glossy. In case of weathering after a short time chalking and colour changes occur,
which does not have disadvantageous effects to the durability. The material is durably resistant at a dry heat up to
+80 C, shortly up to +120 C, at humid heat and liquids (water) up to +40 C. At temperatures above +100 C
colour changes occur.

Surface preparation:
The steel surfaces have to be blasted metallic clean acc. to DIN 55928, part 4. Standard degree of purity is Sa 2
. Blasting agents and dust have to be removed thoroughly with vacuum cleaner. The substrate has to be dry and
free of dust and grease.

Standard coating systems:


Steel OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE (depending on stress) in a layer thickness of
500 - 5.000 m including covering of the edges.
Outside weathered surfaces can be reworked with OLDODUR top coats, Art.-No. 313-colour shade.

Application method:
Brushing
Apply OLDODUR 353 STREICHMASSE with brush or angled brush in several applications until the necessary
layer thickness is reached.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
01/98 Le-353-6200

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

200
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

PUR-ACRYL FINISH
Two pack polyurethane finish with excellent weathering resistance and gloss- and colour retention. The product
can be used on all areas requiring a durable finish such as industrial installations, yachts and commercial vessels.

Art.-No. 308-colour shades


Type of binder Polyurethane

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,3 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 55% depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 70% depending on colour shade

Mixing ratio 4,5 : 1 by volume


5,6 : 1 by weight with PUR-curing agent 308, Art.No. 385-0308

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 6 hours. At higher temperatures pot life is reduced.

Gloss / 60 Glossy

VOC-value Approx. 420 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness, Recommended dry film thickness of 60 m on a flat surface


consumption and Theoretical: approx. 142 g/m or 109 ml/m
spreading rate Approx.: 7 m/kg or 9 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5 C 26 hours
At +10 C 18 hours Not applicable
At +20 C 8 hours
At +30 C 6 hours

201
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
PUR-ACRYL FINISH
Art.-No. 308-series

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


PUR-ACRYL FINISH gives a pore free and smooth paint film with excellent weather resistance and gloss- and
colour retention. It can be recoated with itself even after longer time intervals. The product offers good adhesion
to critical substrates and gives a flexible and abrasion resistant finish. When necessary it can be force cured at
temperatures up to 80C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from other contaminants.
Unknown old coating systems should be removed totally. Overcoating of old one pack coating systems may dis-
solve the system resulting in lifting. Old two pack coating system must be well adhering and should be roughened
prior to overcoating with PUR-ACRYL FINISH.

Typical paint systems:


The choice of system is dependent on type of substrate and its intented use. We recommend OLDODUR 2K-
PUR-ACRYL-PRIMER, Art.No. 312-0010 as a primer.

Application method:
The data are meant for guidance only. The spray viscosity can be adjusting depending on conditions in practice.
Base and curing agent should be mixed thoroughly according to the mixing ratio stated in this datasheet. Ensure
that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0,6 mm / 0.017 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length Approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0132
This information are references. When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating
water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Lo/Be-308-series

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

202
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

STETECOLOR SW
Solventfree and tar free epoxy liquid synthetic for application on steel, concrete and fibre increased cement as
well as thick layer coating for steel constructions in the building construction and steel water industry for under-
water coatings in the ship building industry.

Art.-No. 361-3900/-9900
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,3 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 100 %


Weight: approx. 100 %
Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 8.000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 4,8 : 1 by volume


6 : 1 by weight with EP-Hrter 14, Art.-No. 387-0014

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 20 minutes

Colour shade -3900 red brown


-9900 black

Gloss / 60 Glossy

VOC-value 0,5 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12
months (unmixed). Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 600 m on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 780 g/m or 600 ml/m
spreading rates Approx. 1,3 m/kg or 1,7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +15 C to max. +30C for material temperature


Min. +10 C to max. +35 C for air and object temperature
Air humidity < 95 %
Please observe dew point.
Drying times (+20C, 65 % Reworkable Walkable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
At 10C After approx. 24 hours After approx. 48 hours After approx.14 days
At 20C After approx. 8 hours After approx. 16 hours After approx. 7 days

203
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
STETECOLOR SW
Art-.No. 361-3900/-9900

Special properties and resistances:


STETECOLOR SW coatings are pore-free with good elasticity and adhesion, high abrasion and shock resistance
as well as excellent water and chemical resistance. STETECOLOR SW is solvent free and in high layer thickness
sprayable. The cured STETECOL coating is resistant to water and diluted inorganic acids, lees, salt, oils and
grease. Not resistant to concentrated organic, inorganic and oxidising acids, lyes and solvents. Not suitable for
drinking water containers! The material is resistant at dry heat up to max. +80 C, at humid heat up to max.
+40 C.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of a coating system.
Steel The steel has to be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and other
foreign layer. Best results are obtained when pretreating by blasting Sa 2 acc. to
DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4.
Galvanised steel and Appropriate primer
light metal
Restoration of steel Remove old coatings thoroughly. Old 2K-coatings with perfect adhesion can be re-
worked. Roughen the substrate (grinding or slightly sweeping).

Standard coating systems:


The coating system and number of layers depend on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Primer: Steel 1 x 80 m OLDOPOX ZINKSTAUB, Art.-No. 377-0079
Topcoat: 2 x 300 m STETECOLOR SW
Layer thickness up to 1000 m per operation is possible. The curing time between two layers should not be longer
than 48 hours at +20 C, as otherwise a new pretreatment has to follow.

Application methods:
Application Airless-Spraying Brushing, Rolling
Pressure 300 bar In delivery consistency
Diameter of jet 0,25 - 0,5 mm
0,01 0,02 inch
Thinner Not allowed to use!
The product may not be diluted, even small additions of thinners can affect the intermediate adhesion nega-
tively!

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 Lo/Be-308-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

204
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS

STETECOL
Two component, reactive synthetic as protection coat for purification plants, steel constructions in the building
construction and steel water industry, for underwater coatings in the ship building industry. Usage on steel, con-
crete and cement surfaces.

Art.-No. 340-0039/-0099
Type of binder Epoxy resin tar

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,45 g/ml

Volume Solid content Volume: approx. 61 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 76 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic, approx. 3.000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 5:1 by volume


89 : 11 by weight with EP-Hrter 612, Art.-No. 387-0612

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 8 hours

Colour shade -0039 red brown


-0099 black

Degree of Gloss / Half glossy


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value Approx. 340 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 125 m on even surface
Spreading rates Theoretical: approx. 295 g/m or 205 ml/m
Approx. 3 - 4 m/kg or 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. +20 C for material temperature


Min. +5 C to max. +35 C for air and object temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 2 After approx. 24 After approx. 12 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Forced drying: 60 minutes at 50C
30 minutes at 80C

205
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
STETECOL
Art-.No. 340-0039/-0099

Special properties and resistances:


STETECOL coatings are smooth, thick and pore-free with good elasticity and adhesion, high abrasion and shock
resistance as well as excellent water and chemical resistance. The cured STETECOL coating cannot melt, is
resistant to microbes and diluted inorganic acids, lees, salt, aliphatic hydrocarbons (petrol), heating oil, oils and
grease. Not resistant to organic and oxidising acids, alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons
and phenol. Not suitable for drinking water containers! The material is resistant at dry heat up to max. +120
C, at humid heat up to max. +40 C.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of a coating system.
Restoration of steel Remove old coatings thoroughly. 1K-coatings will be loosened lifted up during ap-
plication. Well cured, old 2K-coatings with perfect adhesion can be reworked.
Roughen the substrate (grinding or slightly sweeping). If necessary repair with
OLDOPOX Zincphosphate Primer or OLDOPOX Primer ZHG, but check compati-
bility on object first.

New coating on steel The steel has to be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and
other foreign layer. Best results are obtained when pretreating by blasting Sa 2
acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4.
New coating on galvanised Degrease galvanised steel and light metal with suitable degreasing methods and
steel and light metal coat with suitable primer.
New coating on concrete Concrete buildings (e.g. purification plants) have to be well insulated against earth
humidity, floor acid and aggressive ground so that no wetness could penetrate from
outside and thus leads to blisters or the loosening of the interior coatings. The sub-
strate has to be free from densification and parting agents. In order to have opti-
mum conditions for the durability of the coating remove cement grout and fine con-
crete layers.

Standard coating systems:


Steel Galvanised steel Concrete
OLDOPOX Zinkstaub
Art.-No. 377-0079 1 x 60 m --- --- ---
OLDOPOX Zincphosphate
Art.-No. 320-colour shade --- 1 x 80 m --- ---
OLDOPOX Primer ZHG
Art.-No. 321-0815, redbrown --- --- 1 x 50 m ---
OLDOPOX EP Siegel
Art.-No. 320-0035 or --- --- --- 1 x approx. 150 - 300 g/m de-
RELIUS Basisharz 350 pending on surface conditions
Art.-No. 350-00314
STETECOL
Art.-No. 340-0039/-0099 4 x 125 m each 4 x 125 m each 4 x 360 g/m each
in colour shade changing
The pre-treated and primed surfaces have to be coated with at least 4 layers of 125 m each STETECOL in col-
our shade changing. The primer depends on the substrate. The curing time between two layers should not be
longer than 48 hours at +20 C, as otherwise adhesion problems might occur. If the coating has cured or aged for
too long before reworking, it has to be roughened beforehand.

206
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: TOPCOATS
STETECOL
Art.-No. 340-0039/-0099

Application methods:
Pour the hardener into main component and mix thoroughly, best with mechanical stirrer. Repot and mix again.
Application Airless-Spraying Air-Pressure-Spraying Brushing, Rolling
Pressure 200 bar approx. 4,0 bar This method should be used
Diameter of jet 0,46 - 0,58 mm 2,0 - 2,5 mm only for small surfaces, be-
0,018 inch 0,08 inch cause equal layer thickness
and glossy surface is hard to
EP-Thinner, 103-0135 up to 5 % up to 8 %
reach with brush or roll.
(use this method only in
special cases because of
unequal layer thickness)
It is absolute necessary to ensue dry spraying air by using a water separator.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

207
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: INTERIOR CONTAINER COATING

OLDOPOX LG DECK
Solvent free two pack coating for interior usage in steel drinking water container and for concrete. Responding the
KTW guidelines.

Art.-No. 359-0611/-9010
Type of binder Epoxy resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,59 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 100 %


Weight: approx. 100 %
Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 12.000 14.000 mPa s

Mixing ratio 0,7 : 1 by volume


1 : 1 by weight with EP-Hrter, Art.-No. 387-0656

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 25 minutes


Higher temperature shorten pot life.

Colour shade -0611 light green


-9010 white grey

Degree of Gloss / Glossy


60/surface
60 measuring angle
VOC-value 0 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months
(unmixed). Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.
Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 150 m on even surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 238 g/m or 150 ml/m
spreading rates Approx. 4 - 5 m/kg or 6,7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +15C to max. +30C for material temperature


Min. +10C to max. +35C for air and object temperature
Air humidity < 80 %
Please observe dew point.
Recoating interval Minimum Maximum
At +10 C 30 hours 96 hours
At +20 C 12 hours 72 hours
At +30 C 8 hours 24 hours

208
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: INTERIOR CONTAINER COATING
OLDOPOX LG DECK
Art-.No359-0611/-9010

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


In the cured condition OLDOPOX LG DECK is physiologically harmless. Concerning coatings of food containers,
in which liquid filling materials are to be stored, we ask for consultation. The main and hardener components are
differently dyed in the colour, so that in the case of mixing a colour control results, which indicates whether a thor-
ough mixture was accomplished, then repot and mix again. The drying time between two coatings is not to exceed
3 days with +20C, since otherwise composite disturbances can occur. OLDOPOX LG DECK may not be used in
containers, which are sterilised with ozone.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of a coating system. The steel has to be
clean, dry and free of oil, grease, dust, rolling skin, rust and other foreign layer. Best results are obtained when
pretreating by blasting Sa 2 acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4.

Standard coating systems:


The coatings depend on the substrate and the stress. Recommended total layer thickness of 400 m (dry). Before
use a hot-air treatment of 24 hours has to take place. Before the tank is filled with drinking water, the coating has
to be cleaned with citric acid (2 3 %) and afterwards washed with clear and warm water. The first filling has to
follow after 24 hours.
Steel: 3 x 150 m OLDOPOX LG DECK, total layer thickness min. 450 m
Application immediately after blasting to prevent initial rust.

Application methods:
The processing takes place with brush, role or Airless spraying equipment. A use of putties is by additive for ad-
justing of approx.: 2-3% possible. OLDOPOX LG may not be diluted with EP thinner. With physiologically harm-
less ethyl alcohol can be diluted up to 6 % (weight), however thereby the drying times extend. It must be ensured
that the alcohol is completely ventilated before the first filling.

Attention!
Ethyl alcohol is inflammable. Avoid fires, sparking and electrical loading. Burning point: +12C. VdF class: B.
Additional paint when brushing and roling: up to 2% (weight), with the 1k Airless spray equipment: up to 6 %
(weight).
Rel. humidity max. 80%. Pay attention to condensed moisture.
The pore density of steel tanks is to examine is mine high voltage equipment, 2000 V.
Repairing of bare patches through grinding and applying of well mixed material.

Method of spraying Airless spraying Brushing


Pump compression: 1 : 60 In delivery consistency
Diameter of jet: 0,015 inch
Angle: 60
Hose length: approx. 30 m
Thinner (PUR-Thinner,art no.:
105-0122)
During spraying method it is necessary to ensure dry air spraying using in effective water separator.

209
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: INTERIOR CONTAINER COATING
OLDOPOX LG DECK
Art-.No359-0611/-9010

Cleaning and rinsing filling before start-up:


Before use of the container a warm air treatment (approx. +40C) must take place for 24 hours, in order to
achieve a complete curing and prevent a possible taste change. The coating must be washed off before the
drinking water filling with 2 3% citric acid, in order to remove superficially adhering odorous substances. After-
wards fill with warm clear water and leave min. 24 hours. Destroy first filling.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
11/01 RM-359-0611/-9010

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

210
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING

ANTIFOULING COASTLINE
Tin-free antifouling for use in northern waters and lakes, where the use of tin-free antifoulings is required. Dry-
docking interval between 8 12 months.

Art.-No. 522-0032
Type of binder Binder-combination

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,4 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 54%


Weight: approx. 73%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 80 90 sec. DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 375 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 60 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 155 g/m or 110 ml/m
Approx.: 6 7 m/kg or 9 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +1C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum

At +5C 24 hours
At +10C 16 hours > Minimum launching time;
At +20C 8 hours 12 hours
At +30C 4 hours

211
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING
ANTIFOULING COASTLINE
Art.-No.522-0032

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Tin-free, conventional antifouling for protection against fouling up to 12 months.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Gloss / 60y, pol-
ished old coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-522-0032

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

212
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING

ANTIFOULING LONGLIFE
High performance, modified antifouling with special selected tin-free biocides.

Art.-No. 522-2039/-2095
Type of binder Vinyl

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,65 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 50%


Weight: approx. 72%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -2039 Red brown


-2095 Black

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 460 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 75 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 250 g/m or 150 ml/m
Approx.: 4 m/kg or 6 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5C 26 hours
At +10C 18 hours Minimum launching time
At +20C 6 hours 12 hours
At +30C 3 hours

213
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING
ANTIFOULING LONGLIFE
Art.-No.522-2039/-2095

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Suitable for ships sailing at high to medium speeds. Recommended is a two coat system of 75 m per coat for a
periods up to 24 months.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner KH-Thinner Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-522-2039-2095

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

214
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING

ANTIFOULING ECOSHIP
Polishing tin-free antifouling. The product can be used for ships sailing at slow to medium speeds. Contains a
high amount of active compounds such as copperoxide and cobiocides.

Art.-No. 522-5034/-5039/-5091/-5095/-5819
Type of binder Polyvinylether

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,65 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 50%


Weight: approx. 74%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -5034 Pink


-5091 White
-5819 Grey Brown
-5039 Red Brown
-5095 Black

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 430 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 100 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx.: 330 g/m or 200 ml/m
Approx.: 3 m/kg or 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min.+1C to max +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum


At +5 C 22 hours
At +10 C 16 hours Minimum launching time
At +20 C 8 hours 12 hours
At +30 C 6 hours

215
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING
ANTIFOULING ECOSHIP
Art.-No.522-5034/-5039/-5091/-5095/-5819

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Tin-free, polishing type with a high erosion rate for ships sailing at slow speeds and longer inactive periods.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-522-5034/-5039/-5091/-5095/-5819

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

216
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING

FREELINE
Biozid free polishing antifouling for vessels with high speed and short inactive periods. Easy to clean coating,
based on a special copolymer technic.

Art.-No. 522-4134/-4139
Type of binder Special copolymer with hydrophilic and hydrophobic groups.

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,4 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 46%


Weight: approx. 66%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade - 4134 pink


- 4138 red brown

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC value Approx. 480 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.
Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 100 m on a flat surface
spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 300 g/m or 220 ml/m
Approx.: 3 4 m/kg or 4 5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.
Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.
Drying times) Dust dry Dry Dry to recoat Launching time

At +5 C 4 hours 12 hours 12 hours 24 hours


At +10 C 2 hours 6 hours 6 hours 12 hours
At +30 C 1 hour 6 hours 4 hours 12 hours

217
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: ANTIFOULING

FREELINE
Art.-No.522-4134/-4139

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Biocide free, selfpolishing antifouling. Can be recoated with itself.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.019 - 0.021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 40 - 50
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 103-0135

These information are references. When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water
separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Bru-522-4134-4139

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

218
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN

OLDOPOX BWT

Anticorrosive coating for protection of ballast tanks, behind linings and cargo holds.

Art.-No. 354-4115/-4172
Type of binder Epoxy
Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,19 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 90%


Weight: approx. 93%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 5000mPa s

Mixing ratio 1 : 1,7 by volume


1 : 1,9 by weight with EP-Hrter 543, Art.-No. 387-3543

Pot life (+20C) Approx. 90 minutes. At lower temperatures pot life is prolonged.

Colour shade -4115 Sand yellow


-4172 Grey
Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC-value 80 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.
Dry film thickness Recommended dry film thickness of 300 m on a flat surface
Theoretical: approx. 400 g/m or 330 ml/m
Approx.: 2-3 m/kg or 3 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +10 C to max. 30 C for material temperature


Min. +5 C to max. 35 C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5 C 20 hours
At +10 C 18 hours Approx. 30 days
At +20 C 15 hours
At +30 C 12 hours

219
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN
OLDOPOX BWT
Art.-No. 354-4115/-4172

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Excellent salt water resistance also at elevated temperatures (+30 C).
Solvent less and therefore very suitable for use in confined spaces where solvent vapours are not desired. Can be
applied directly over zinc silicate shopprimer, provided it is slightly weathered. On fresh zinc silicate shopprimers,
usage is limited due to popping formation.
Optical mix control for reducing mistakes in mixing.
OLDOPOX BWT may only be recoated with itself.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Application method:
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 - 0.0021 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
EP-thinner, Art.No. 103-0135
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
11/01 WA-354-4115-4172

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

220
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN

BILGENFARBE
Water- and oil resistant coating for bilges.

Art.-No. 413-colour shade


Type of binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,25 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 42%


Weight: approx. 61%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 130-140 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -3009 Red brown


-9006 Silver
-7001 Silver grey

Gloss / 60 Satin gloss

VOC-value Approx. 480 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 40 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 120 g/m or 95 ml/m
Approx.: 8-9 m/kg or 10-11 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220..

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5 C 32 hours
At +10 C 26 hours Not applicable
At +20 C 12 hours
At +30 C 8 hours

221
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN
BILGENFARBE
Art.-No. 413-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Water and oil resistant alkyd coating fo bilges and fuel tankcap areas. As primer KORROTAL, Art.-No. 266- can
be used.Certificate of acceptance for low flammability is available.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.019 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30 - 60
Hose length: approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 Dr 413-Farbton

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

222
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN

LADERAUMOEL
Hold coating with good penetration properties. Besides protective action, a high content of linseed oil offers the
advantage of good covering- and easy application properties, preferably by airless spray. The coating dries up to
a flexible and impact resistant film.

Art.-No. 110-0330/-0750/-0906
Type of Binder Alkyd resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20 C) Approx. 1,10 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 50 % depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 65 % depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 65 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20 C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0330 red brown


-0750 grey green
-0906 silver

Gloss / 60 Semi gloss

VOC-value Approx. 400 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already
at +20C opened containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from
frost and heat.

Dry film thickness Recommended dry film thickness of 35 m on a flat surface


Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 80 g/m or 75 ml/m
Approx.: 13 m/kg or 14 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different prop-
erties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum


At +5 C 22 hours
At + 10 C 16 hours Not applicable
At + 20 C 10 hours
At + 30 C 6 hours

223
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: CARGO HOLDS, TANKS AND BILGEN
LADERAUMOEL
Art.-No. 110-0330/-0750/-0906

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Laderaumoel can be used for cargoes such as grain, foodstuff, coal, ore and others. A grain carriage approval
certificate is available. Loading space preservation with high penetrating effect. The product has apart from the
protecting effect by a high portion of linseed oil varnish the advantage of a high productivity and an easy process-
ing, preferably in the spraying process. After hardening a flexible and shockproof film remains. A safety examina-
tion for the use of grain loads is present.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Standard coating-systems:
The coating system depend on the condition of the surface and the stress.
Primer: 1-2 x KORROTAL 266, Art.-No. 266- colour shade
or CR-PRIMER, Art.-No. 251-colour shade
Final coating: 1 x LADERAUMOEL, Art.-No. 110-colour shade

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 inch in delivery form
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a proper operating water separator.

Safety measures:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current, authorised trade
union regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 GM-110-0330/-0750/-0906

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

224
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

HOLZSIEGEL
High-quality, aromatic-free, tough polyurethane synthetic coating, glossy and satin, for outside and inside. RELIUS
HOLZSIEGEL is fast drying. For varnishing parquet floors, wooden floors, wood stairs, seating accommodation,
table tops, wood furniture etc.

Gloss: Art.-No. 438-5054


Satin: Art.-No. 439-5054
Type of binder Special synthetic-combination

Density Gloss: approx. 0,89 g/cm


Special Weight Satin: approx. 0,90 g/m

Solid content Gloss: Satin:

Volume: Approx. 37,2 Approx. 38,9

Weight: Approx. 47,9 Approx. 49,0

Viscosity (+20C) 60 65 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable


Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Colourless

Degree of Gloss / 60/surface Glossy: 438-5054


60 measuring angle Satin gloss: 439-5054

VOC-value Gloss: 460 g/l


Satin: 455 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened con-
tainers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Thickness of film and con- At a recommended dry layer thickness of 40 m on a flat surface
sumption (per application), Theoretical: approx. 96 g/m or 100 ml/m
spreading rates Approx.: 10,6 m/kg or 9 m/l

These are reference respectively consumption values which we cannot take obligation as every
surface is showing different properties influencing the consumption which must be found out
according to DIN 53220 on the object.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.

Drying times Dust dry: Dry to touch Reworkable Full stressable


(+20C, 65 % rel. air humidity)
After approx. After approx. After approx. After approx.
3 hrs. 6 8 hours 12 hours 24 hours

225
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
HOLZSIEGEL
Art.-No. 438-5054/439-5054

Preparation of the surface:


Check surface on adhesion (see VOB, Part C, DIN 18363, especially 3.1.1). See valid technical data sheets of
Bundesausschuss fr Farbe und Sachwertschutz (=BFS), 60327 Frankfurt.

Substrate: Wood (conifers, hardwood)


General: The surface has to be dry solid, clean, free of grease, oil, wax, dust and silicone.
Permissible moisture of wood: conifers trees max. 15%, hard wood max. 12%.
Outside: Edges have to be rounded off, dust has to be removed from wood pieces. Highly resinous and tropical
woods have to be rubbed with a diluent for cellulose lacquer. Resinous occlusions and branch knots have to be
disresinified. Apply 1 x RELIUS HOLZIMPRGNIERGRUND.
Inside: Edges have to be rounded off, dust has to be removed from wood pieces. Highly resinous and tropical
woods have to be rubbed with a diluent for cellulose lacquer.
Renovation: Old not carrying paints have to be removed. Carrying old paints have to be grinded and de-dusted.
Raw wood areas have to be treated as mentioned above. 1 x RELIUS HOLZSIEGEL (complete surface)

Standard coating systems:


Primer: see Preparation of the surface
Intermediate coat: 1 x RELIUS HOLZSIEGEL in consistency supplied.
Top coat: Depending on stress 1 2 x RELIUS HOLZSIEGEL in consistency supplied.

Please note:
Stir well before application. Fatty, tropical woods have to be rubbed with a diluent for cellulose lacquer and must
be treated only while pores are open prior to weathering of the wood contents. While and after application in in-
side rooms take care of airing. While spraying do not breath in aerosole (spray dust).

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are beyond our
influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our general information do not
release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and purpose.

226
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

TAGESLEUCHTFARBE
Fluorescent paint for interior- and exterior use. A white basecoat is required in order to get the fluorescent ap-
pearance. The weathering resistance and colour retention can be improved by recoating with UV-Varnish.

Art.-No. 454-colour shade


Type of binder Acrylic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,0 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 42%


Weight: approx. 53%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 180 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0064 green


-1023 yellow
-2005 shining orange
-3026 shining light red
-3024 shining red

Gloss Matt

VOC-value Approx. 470 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 80 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 185 g/m or 185 ml/m
Approx.: 5 m/kg or 5m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +40 C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5 C 26 hours Not applicable


At +10 C 16 hours
At +20 C 10 hours
At +30 C 8 hours

227
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
TAGESLEUCHTFARBE
Art.-No. 454-colour shade

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


Painting of buoys or markings of devices and walls. The luminescent paint has a fluorescent effect.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from rust and other contaminants.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Typical coating system.


The choice of coating system is dependent on the type of substrate and its intended use.
Primer on steel The total dry layer thickness of the primer should not be less than 80m,
suitable are alkyd resin primer, f.e. KORROTAL 266,
Art.-No. 266-colour shade
Topcoat 2 x 40 m Fluorescent Paint, Art.-No. 454-colour shade
UV-Varnish 1 x 25 m UV-Varnish for Fluorescent Coating colourless,
Art.-No. 121-0070

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.018 inch / 0,48 inch at delivered viscosity
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner:
Art.-No 101-0100 max. 5%
This information are references. When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water
separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De-454-colour shade

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

228
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

UV-VARNISH
Quick-drying varnish for fluorescent paint, interior and exterior use, weather resistant and chalking free.

Art.-No. 121-0070
Type of binder UV-resistant acrylic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 0,87 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 29%


Weight: approx. 36%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 120 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Colourless

Texture Glossy

VOC-value Approx. 560 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness, Recommended dry film thickness of 25 m on a flat surface


consumption and Theoretical: approx. 75 g/m or 86 ml/m
spreading rate Approx.: 13 14 m/kg or 11 12 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C to max. +30 C for air- and substrate temperature
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

36 hours
At +5 C
28 hours Not applicable
At +10 C
18 hours
At +20 C
12 hours
At +30 C

229
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
UV-VARNISH
Art.-No. 121-0070

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


With the UV-stabilised varnish more sea water-firmly, weather and chalk-stable surface protection is reached by
fluorescent paint. The total structure is certified from the Seezeichen-Versuchsfeld Koblenz.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from rust and other contaminants.

Standard coating system:


The choice of coating system is dependent on the type of substrate and the stress.
Basecoat, pre-coat and topcoat: With Fluorescent Paint, Art.-No. 454-colour shade, is to apply according
to the guidelines of the different surfaces
Sealing: 1 x 25 m UV-Varnish of the Fluorescent Paint, colourless,
Art.-No. 121-0070

Application method:
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 inch in delivery form
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115 approx. 5 %

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 LR 121-0070

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

230
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

LEINOELFIRNIS
Colourless preservative with high pentrating effect for the preservation of wood.

Art.-No. 121-1011
Type of binder Boiled linseed oil

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 0,95 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 99,99 %


Weight: approx. 100 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 30 sec. (4 mm DIN flow cup)

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Colourless

Gloss / 60 Glossy

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months
(unmixed). Already opened cans keep well closed and use very fast.

Method of application Brushing

Dry film thickness and Draws into the wood. Consumption depends on the wood and is according to
Spreading rates DIN 53220 to be determined at the object.

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to + 30C air and object temperature


Air humidity < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry approx. after 24 hours


rel. air humidity)
Forced drying: not applicable

231
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
LEINOELFIRNIS
Art.-No. 121-1011

Surface preparation :
Pre-treatment of the surface is an important factor for the durability of each coating system. The surface has to be
clean, dry, solid and free of other foreign layers.

Measures for protection:


When operating, indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the respective
accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet for more
details.
12/01 Ar-121-1011

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

232
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

ALU-LACKFARBE 600
High heat resistant silicone-aluminium-coating as topcoat for steel and industrial building, inside and outside us-
age.

Art.-No. 514-0093
Type of binder Silicone resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) approx. 1,0 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 24 %


Weight: approx. 38 %

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 12 seconds DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Alu colour

Gloss / 60 Silvery gloss

VOC-value Approx. 640 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 6 months.
Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 20 m on even surface
Spreading rates Theoretical: approx. 60 g/m or 60 ml/m
Approx.: 17 m/kg or 17 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C up to +30 C for air and object temperature


Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5 C 36 hours Not applicable


At +10 C 28 hours
At +20 C 18 hours
At +30 C 12 hours

Forced drying: up to 600C caused of the object temperature or


min. 1 hour at 150 200C

233
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
ALU-LACKFARBE 600
Art-.No. 514-0093

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ALU-LACKFARBE 600 is a aluminum-coloured topcoat with unusually high heatproof quality (dry heat to +600C)
for steel constructions and building of industrial plants. During stronger corrosion load ALU-LACKFARBE 600 can
be applied also in connection with Silicon-Zinkstaub or Lindokote Ethyl-Silicatzink.

Surface preparation:
The preparation of the substrate is an essential factor for the durability of the coating system.
Steel The substrate has to be clean, dry and free of rolling skin and other foreign layers. Prepare
acc. to DIN 55928, part 4, or DIN ISO 12944-4 up to Sa 2 .

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
System 1 System 2 System 3
Silicon-Zinkstaub grau, 2 x 20 m = 40 m 1 x 30 m
Art.-No. 204-7152
Silicon Eisenglimmer grau, 1 x 30 m
Art.-No. 514-0076
Lindokote Ethyl-Silicatzink grau, 1 x 80 m
Art.-No. 215-0700
Alu-Lackfarbe600 alu-coloured, 2 x 20 m = 40 m 1 x 30 m 1 x 20 m
Art.-No. 514-0093
The indicated dry layer thickness may be not substantially exceeded, since otherwise danger of chipping off
exists at later temperature load. The air-dried layer is weather-proof, remains however thermoplastic. A hard-
ening will be reached after only approx.: 1 hour with a min. +200C operating temperature

Application method:
Method Airless-Spraying Air compression spraying Brushing and Rolling
Spray pressure 150 - 200 bar 3,0 4,0 bar in delivery consistency
of jet 0,2 - 0,3 mm 1,2 1,5 mm
No. Of applications 1 cross coat 1 cross coat
Angle 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

234
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

ALU-BRONCE F
Up to +380C high-heat resistant ALU-BRONCE for interior use.

Art.-No. 514-0091
Type of binder Synthetic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 0,95 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 14%


Weight: approx. 23%

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 13 sec DIN 4mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Aluminium-coloured

Gloss / 60 Glossy

VOC-value Approx. 730 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 6 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and
heat.
Dry film thickness, Recommended dry film thickness of 20 m on a flat surface
consumption and Theoretical: approx. 135 g/m or 140 ml/m
spreading rate Approx.: 7 m/kg or 7 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85 %
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
rel. air humidity)
After approx. 20 After approx. 2 After approx. 2 After approx. 24
minutes hours hours hours
Forced drying: up to 380C because of object temperatur

235
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
ALU-BRONCE F
Art.-No. 514-0091

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ALU-BRONCE F is a decorative, high heat-resistant coating for interior use, heat resistance up to +380C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. Old coatings of unknown consistence have to be
removed.

Standard coating system


1 2 x 20 m application of ALU-BRONCE

Application method:
Brush During the processing of ALU-BRONCE F with brush or role on large surfaces the material must be
Roller: applied evenly and distributed fast and briskly. The construction dependent surface delimitations
(rivet rows, welding seams, bracings etc..) result in the size of the field, which must be worked on
without break. The softening of the coating always has to take place in one direction, so that the
flaked pigmentation aligns itself as uniformly as possible. Thus an even reflection of the light and a
touch-free surface are reached. Only for interior use.
Spraying: With large surfaces in order of achieving an appropriate even optic the spraying method should be
used. It must be considered that spraying nebulas can be very spaciously distributed by aluminum
bronze by air movement.

Spray Air-spray Airless spray Brush and Roller


Nozzle-pressure: 3,0- 4,0 bar 100 120 bar
Nozzle orifice: approx. 1,0 1,5 mm 0,18 0,23 mm At delivered viscosity
No. of applications: 1-2 cross coats 1 cross coat
Thinner: Art.-No. 101-0115 undiluted undiluted

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 RM 514-0093

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

236
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

ALUMINIUM-ROSTSCHUTZFARBE
Weather resistant synthetic resin aluminum rust protection paint for machines and equipment and for weathered
steel constructions. Heat resistant up to +200C.

Art.-No. 510-0091
Type of binder Synthetic resin

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,00 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 51 %


Weight: approx. 59 %

Viscosity (+20C) approx. 60 sec. DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Aluminum, approx. RAL 9006

Gloss / 60 Glossy

VOC-value Approx. 405 g/l

Shelf life at +20C When being stored in tightly closed original cans stable for approx. 12 months
(unmixed). Keep protected against frost, heat and humidity.

Dry film thickness and At a recommended dry layer thickness of 25 m on even surfaces
Spreading rates Theoretical: approx. 50 g/m resp. 50 ml/m
Approx.: 20 m/kg resp. 20 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different prop-
erties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to +30C for air and object temperature
Air humidity: < 85%
Please observe dew point.

Drying times (+20C, 65 % rel. Dust dry Tack free Refinishable Full stressable
air humidity)
After approx. 5 After approx. 12 After approx. 24 After approx. 7
hours hours hours days
Forced drying: not applicable

237
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
ALUMINIUM-ROSTSCHUTZFARBE
Art.-No. 510-0091

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


ALUMINIUM-ROSTSCHUTZFARBE is a machine and equipment coating for weathered steel constructions. Dry
heat resistant up to +200C.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Standard coating systems:


The coating system depends on the condition of the substrate and the stress.
Interior Exterior
Primer Minimum of the total film thickness of the primer should be 80 m. All primers on alkyd
resin basis are suitable.
Intermediate coating One layer of approx. 60 m Only necessary if the primer is not applied
i.e. BFALIN EG, 1. DECK, thickly.
Art.-No. 434-colour shade
The intermediate coating must not be
applied in case the primer is applied
thickly.

Top coat 2 x 25 m 1 2 x 25 m
ALUMINIUM-ROSTSCHUTZFARBE ALUMINIUM ROSTSCHUTZFARBE

> 180 200 m of total film thickness for the exterior strained by weather.
100 m of film thickness is sufficient at less corrosive strain in the interior.

Application method:
During processing take care for cleanness of the equipment. Even traces of humidity can lead to less quality and
durability of the coating.
Brushing, rolling Applying ALUMINIUM-ROSTSCHUTZFARBE with brush or roll on large surfaces the
material has to be applied evenly and quickly. Surface limits/edges in the construction,
i.e. rivetings, weld seams, struts etc., have, as the rest of the surface, also to be applied
with the material quickly.
Softening of the coating should always be done to the same direction for guaranteeing a
uniform bronze flaking and in order to avoid streaking.
The surface can at places where the coating has been applied thickly show overlap-
pings. Possible deviations in glossy effects to the total surface will be evened out.

Spraying Large surfaces should be sprayed airless for guaranteeing an even optic. It should be
taken into consideration that spray fog can be spread out wide-ranging.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.
238
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

BITUMENLACK S
Solventborne, bituminous based protective coating for concrete- and steel substrates.

Art.-No. 051-0015
Type of binder Bituminous

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 0,9 g/ml

Solid content Approx. 53 %

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Black

Gloss / 60 Glossy

Shelf life Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Close already opened containers
at +20C tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness and Recommended dry film thickness of 50 m on a flat surface
Spreading rate Theoretical: approx. 85 g/m or 94 ml/m
Approx.: 12 m/kg or 11 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +1C for air and substrate temperature


Air humidity < 85 %.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5 C 4,5 hours
At +10 C 2,5 hours Not applicable
At +20 C 1 hour
At +30 C 45 minutes

239
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
BITUMENLACK S
Art.-No. 051-0015

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


The coating is free from phenol and leaves no odour or flavour after drying. Resistant against organic- and inor-
ganic salts, ballast water, carbon dioxide and other weak inorganic acids.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
04/00 Ja-051-0015

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

240
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

LINDOBLACK HB
Bituminous anticorrosive for the protection of behind linings, ballast tank, cofferdam and anchor locks.

Art.-No. 587-0997
Type of binder Bituminous

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,2 g/ml

Solid content Volume: approx. 49%


Weight: approx. 66%

Viscosity (+20C) Thixotropic

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Black

Gloss / 60 Matt

VOC-value Approx. 400 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness, Recommended dry film thickness of: 250 m on a flat surface
Consumption and Theoretical: approx. 610 g/m or 510 ml/m
Spreading rate Approx.: 1 - 2 m/kg or 2 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different properties
of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85%.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum Reworkable Chem./Mech.


Demand
At +5 C 58 hours
At +10 C 42 hours Not applicable Min. after approx. After approx.
At +20 C 24 hours 24 hours 7 days
At +30 C 12 hours

241
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
LINDOBLACK HB
Art.-No.587-0997

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.031 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 30 - 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water separator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De 587-0997

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

242
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

SCHULTAFELLACK
Tuffmatt coating, to write with chalk on.

Art.-No. 262-0060/-0090
Type of binder Urethane alkyd

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,38 g/ml depending on colour shade

Solid content Volume: approx. 53% depending on colour shade


Weight: approx. 72% depending on colour shade

Viscosity (+20C) Approx. 80 seconds DIN 4 mm flow cup

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade -0060 green


-0090 black

Gloss / 60 Tuffmatt

VOC-value Approx. 385 g/l

Shelf life Approx. 12 months (unmixed) in tightly closed containers. Close already opened
at +20C containers tightly and use soonest. Store in a dry place away from frost and heat.

Dry film thickness, Recommended dry film thickness of: 50 m on a flat surface
Consumption and Theoretical: approx. 130 g/m or 95 ml/m
Spreading rate Approx.: 7,5 m/kg or 10,5 m/l

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different properties
of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min.+5C to max. +30C for air- and substrate temperature
Air humidity < 85%.
Please observe dew point.

Recoating interval Minimum Maximum

At +5C 24 hours
At +10C 16 hours Not applicable
At +20C 12 hours
At +30C 8 hours

243
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
SCHULTAFELLACK
Art.-No.262-0060/-0090

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


SCHULTAFELLACK is mainly used as intermediate coat for the topcoat Marine-KH-Lackfarbe and reflection-free
coating for position light coffers.

Surface preparation:
Surface preparation is an essential factor for the durability of each protective coating system. The surface must be
clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust and other contaminants. The best results are achieved by blast cleaning
1
to SA 2 /2 according to DIN 55928, Part 4 respectively DIN ISO 12944-4.
When recoating old coating systems, compatibility and adhesion should be checked by means of a test patch first.
Paint layers showing deterioration, crazing or poor adhesion should be removed completely. Glossy, polished old
coating systems should be roughened.

Standard coating system:


Primer: Various RELIUS synthetic resin-primer,
f.e. Art.-No. 266-, 277-, 222-, 224-, 270-

Application method:
Ensure that all equipment is clean. Even traces of moisture can diminish coating quality and durability. Main and
hardener components are to be mixed according to the mixing proportion thoroughly.
Spray Airless spray Brush and Roller
Pump-Compression: 1 : 60
Nozzle orifice: 0.015 inch at delivered viscosity
o
Fan angle: 60
Hose length approx. 30 m
Thinner, Art.-No. 101-0115
This information are references. When spraying, dry air must be provided by using a properly operating water
sperator.

Safety measurements:
Please observe instructions for use and safety measures on the label as well as the current authorised trade un-
ion regulations for prevention of accidents. Refer to safety data sheet for further details.
12/01 De 587-0997

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

244
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

HALLTEX GEWEBEFINISH A2
Semi gloss
Scrubbable, satin glossy special coat for Halltex Glasgewebe. Low flammable acc. to IMO Resolution A 653 (16)

Art.-No. 392-0064
Type of binder Synthetic-terpolymere-dispersion

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,37 g/cm

Colour shade White

Degree of Gloss / Semi gloss


60/surface
60 measuring angle
Shelf life Cool, but frost-free

Application methods Brushing, rolling, spraying

Thickness of film and con- Middle consumption numbers at 2 x coats of paint on Halltex glass fabric
sumption (per application),
Halltex glas 5588 330 ml/m 5516 440 ml/m
spreading rates
5589 440 ml/m 5517 440 ml/m
5500 440 ml/m 5518 440 ml/m
5515 490 ml/m
For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different proper-
ties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN 53220.

Application conditions Min. +5 C for air and object temperature

Colour shade RELIUS full-shade toner pastes max. 5 %

Thinner Water

Cleaning of material Immediately after usage with water

Drying times (+20C, 65 % Refinishable: After approx. 12 hours


rel. air humidity)

245
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
HALLTEX GEWEBEFINISH A2
Satin glossy
Art-.No. 392-0064

Surface:
Check surface for suitability as painting carriers (see VOB, part C, DIN 18363, especially 3.1.1). Also consider the
valid technical data sheets of the Bundesausschusses fr Farbe und Sachwertschutz (=BFS), 60237 Frankfurt.

Basecoat:
1 x Halltex Gewebefinish A2 satin glossy, diluted up to 5 %. Repel high standing fabric fibers after the primer coat.

Topcoat:
Halltex fabrics must be totally dry before coating. 1 x Halltex Gewebefinish AS satin glossy, undiluted.

Please note:
Halltex Gewebefinish A2 satin glossy results a insensitive coating to dirt with high ruggedness. Not inflammable
according to DIN 4102/A2. The well cleanable surface is steady against diluted acids and caustic solutions for a
short time as well as against commercial cleaning agents in common concentration. Only for the intended use.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advices mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 392-0064

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

246
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS

RADIKAL-ABBEIZER
Fireproof stripper liquid with great depth effect for interior and exterior. The material is free of caustic acids and
lyes and therefore harmless for the surface (except for synthetics) as well as for working equipment.

Art.-No. 582-0005
Type of binder Dichlorid methan

Density (DIN 53217, +20C) Approx. 1,2 g/ml

Solid content ---

Viscosity (+20C) Paste-like

Mixing ratio Not applicable

Pot life (+20C) Not applicable

Colour shade Whitish

Degree of Gloss / 60/surface Not applicable


60 measuring angle

VOC-value Approx. 890 g/l

Shelf life at +20C Approx. 12 months in tightly closed containers. Already opened cans keep
well closed and use very fast. Keep protected against frost, heat and hu-
midity.

Method of application Brushing

Dry film thickness and Depending on coat to be removed.


Spreading rate Processing in delivery consistency
Theoretical: approx.0,8 1 kg/m

For the listed consumption references no liability can be assumed, caused by the different
properties of every surface. The consumption has to be determined according DIN EN
53220.

Application conditions Do not process at temperatures below +5C (air and substrate tempera-
ture).

Drying times (+20C, 65 % rel. air Reaction time: min. 20 min.


humidity)

247
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS: MISCELLANEOUS
RADIKAL-ABBEIZER
Art.-No. 582-0005

Special characteristics and resistance properties:


RADIKAL-ABBEIZER removes older coats easily no matter if oil, synthetic resin, chlorinated rubber or nitrocellu-
lose coatings, baking enamel up to +180C, polishes, mattings as well as dispersion or latex paint coatings. Do
not apply on synthetic surfaces. Due to its paste-like condition an unproblematic handling on vertical surfaces is
guaranteed.

Application method:
RADIKAL-ABBEIZER is applied thickly and evenly.
After sufficient time of reaction detached coats have to be removed with a spatula or a steam vapor jet cleaner.
Residue-free removed surfaces have to be dried out well prior to on-processing.
Due to the long open time (remover evaporates slowly and stays moist for 24 hrs.) in many cases several coats
can be removed at once.
Surfaces treated with RADIKAL-ABBEIZER in the evening can be worked over easily with a spatula or vapor jet
cleaner during the next morning.

Personal protective equipment:


Breathing protection: Avoid breathing in of vapors/gases. Use breath filter AX resp. AXP outside rooms and con-
tainers. Inside closed rooms and containers use a breath protective equipment which is independent from the
surrounding atmosphere (insulating equipment). Usage of gas filter is prohibited.
Eye protection: use safety glasses.
Hand protection: gloves (PVA)

Ecology and disposal:


Separate evaporation waste-water by means of gravel bed, fleece or pump from thick substances with sieve.
Draw off waste-water to sewerage system, draw off thick substances to a disposal site. Do not draw off to a rain-
water sewerage system or free water. Cover ground etc. well. Take notice of local regulations by authorities.

Measures for protection:


When operating, the indications and safety advice mentioned on the label must be observed as well as the re-
spective accident prevention instruction of the appropriate trade associations. Please read the safety data sheet
for more details.
12/01 582-0005

Advise:
Do only recycle completely emptied cans. Residue containing cans have to be delivered at a depot for old paints.
With the present publication, all previously issued technical datasheets become void.
This technical datasheet can and shall provide recommendations without further obligations. The usage and application of the products are
beyond our influence. Also the different substrates and appearing strains require a suitable coating system resp. application procedure. Our
general information do not release the customer from the obligation of proving our products of their suitability for the specific procedure and
purpose.

248
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Technical Information 805

General surface preparation and application


From the begin on it has to be mentioned, that every paint coating could only be as good, as the preparation of
the surface has been carried out resp. in what condition it is at this point of time of the application (e.g. below the
dew point - see table "Determination of the dew point from the temperature and the relative air humidity").
It is important, that the coat of paints is only applied on dry and clean surfaces, i.e. without mill scale, rust and
soilings like e.g. dust, fats, oil and lose pieces of old paint.
The DIN EN ISO 12944 and the TL 918300 of the Deutsche Bahn AG describe the technical demands of the
preparation of surfaces.
In practise following possibilities of surface preparation are used today:

HDP (high pressure water jet cleaning)


This term can be divided as follows:

HD - washing
Under pressures of approx. 180 bar and with adding of emulsifying cleaning agents, impurities, like salt-, oil, fat -
residues, silt, mud, light foulings are getting removed.
This methode is mostly used, if the paint layer is still intact and only a decorating finish is applied.
It is important, that for all high pressure water jet cleaning, only with soft water is used, to prevent, that salt impuri-
ties stay on the top of the surface, which can result into faults of the coat of paint.

Aqua stripping
With pressures of up to approx. 500 bar, thin - film coatings on steel and aluminium sheets, and also, if neces-
sary, on glass fibre reinforced plastic can be removed by this method.

Aqua blast
With this method pressures of at the moment up to 2.000 bar with special spraying nozzles and special equipment
it is possible to remove thick layers of coatings and rost.
To prevent a quick initial rust forming, often additives are added to the water, what can result into a bad adhession
of the coating materials. Also it could happen that through this procedure the steel part get polished (to less depth
of roughness for zinc dust paint used as a primer).

Blasting
One of the application method defined in the DIN EN 12944 resp. DIN ISO 8504-2 has to be used. The blasting
medium should be determined by the different demands of the ISO 11124 and the ISO 11126 guiding principles.
We advise at this point on following technical background information:

DIN EN ISO 11124-1 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products
- Specification for metallic blast cleaning abrasives - General introduction and classifica-
tion

DIN EN ISO 11124-2 Chilled iron grit

DIN EN ISO 11124-3 High carbon cast steel shot and grit

DIN EN ISO 11124-4 Low-carbon cast - steel shot

249
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DIN EN ISO 11126-1 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paint and related products - Specifi-
cations for non metallic blast - cleaning abrasives - General introduction and classification

DIN EN ISO 11126-3 Copper refinery slag

DIN EN ISO 11126-4 Coal furnace slag

DIN EN ISO 11126-5 Nickel refinery slag

DIN EN ISO 11126-6 Iron furnace slag

DIN EN ISO 11126-8 Olivine sand

Flame descaling
This method is out of the ship manufacturing and is used in connection with flame phosphatization. The require-
ments for this method are some special blasting intensity. The process engineering is described in the "guiding
principle for flame descaling.
A regularly operational area is this method for cleaning off oily, fatty concrete surfaces for following coating works.

Vacu - blasting
Relatively closed dustfree procedure. Depending on its low power, this method has found its operational area only
2
on very special places, (depending on the machine size 2 - 10 m /hour). This could be e.g. in houses or in the
near of high sensible apparatus.

Manual and machined process


The same method as DIN EN ISO 12944-4 resp. E DIN EN ISO 8504-3 should be used.
E DIN EN ISO 8504-3 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paint and related products - Specifi-
cations for the surface pre-treatments - Cleaning with tools and with machine powered
tools (ISO 8504-3/1993)
The according degrees of purity like PMa and St have to be defined before the work is started.

Chemical rust removing procedure


The rust removing technique, where tinder and rust is removed by acids, is giving only good results in controllable
industrial installations. The Neutralisation of the acid is from high importance, because rests of acid will lead im-
mediately to new corrosion.
For the construction site these procedures are not suitable because of pollution reasons and also the difficult
steering possibilities.

Rust converter
These procedure is also not suitable, because it only give usable results, if equivalent to the rust quantity, the
same amount of rust converter (normally a phosphoracid) is added. Comparable to the chemical rust removing,
by adding more than needed converter it leads to new rust.

Flam descaling and stripping


Old resp. broken coating layers on wood, mostly being removed by flam descaling with liquid gas burner and hot
air machines. The following step is to rub down or stripping off the paint, with also following a good washing after
and if needed a further rubbing down the coating layers.

250
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Application of coating layers
For drying and hardening of the coating materials the existence of the right temperatures and relative air humidity
is from high importance. Often, because of this reason, there have to carry out some special support like protect-
ing of the surfaces by tents, or plastic film resp. blowing in of warm air. For solvent containing materials, higher
temperatures and lower air humidity results into quicker evaporating of the solvents and so to a quicker film form-
ing process. Resulting of this for reaction lacquer, known as two pack coatings, a better cross-linking of the parent
lacquer and the hardener, leading to a better paint coat, is given. Painting works at low temperatures resp. below
the minimum film forming temperature of the binding resin, is giving the risk, that the solvents could not escape
out of the coating layer and following coating layers will trap the solvents and result blistering later.
By reaching temperatures below the minimum film forming temperature of reaction lacquers the cross linking
reaction stops or do not even start. The requested values of the coating system could then not be reached.
With the exception of coatings, which have been developed especially for the application on non norm conforming
wet surfaces, coating paint materials should be applied only on dry and clean surfaces.
A dry surface mean, the influence of fog, rain or condensation moisture on the coatable surfaces should be ex-
cluded. Especially therefore it is to observe on the dew point.
Objects with water drains have to be sealed in the meantime of the painting works resp. it has to be take care of
that no water out of these openings can drain off the coated surfaces.

Accessibility of the surfaces


A impeccable completion of the protection against corrosion work can only been carried out, when the area and
surfaces are accessible and good illuminated. If needed, there have to be, stabile staging or lifting equipment with
the necessary gap to the treated surfaces.

Storage of coating paints


The used coating paints shall be stored dry and at a temperature range from +5 C to +25 C. It is not very useful,
if the materials get stored outside under bad weather conditions or temperatures below +5 C.
Before usage, the paints should be stirred, if possible, with a mechanical stirrer (Careful with thickness layer ma-
terial! Thixotropie may not be broken by too heavy agitation) and its usability is to check. Two pack materials
should be mixed together only short before the application and the pot life has to be checked before. After mixing
the 2 - pack materials it should be put into another can to guarantee, that a complete mixture of parent lacquer
and hardener is given. This is especially for solvent - free thickness layer materials important. Unmixed material
will not cure resp. harden.

Application tools
The size and accessibility of the surfaces, also the circumstances, where the work has to be carried out, will give
the decision, which application tool will be used (Application method and tools).
It is important, to set the right viscosity for brushing, roller coating application or spraying of the material, which will
be used. Consider the technical data sheet!
Responding to the DIN EN ISO 12944 the different application methods will be described shortly. It is to say, that
for big surfaces the so-called airless spraying method is mostly used. For smaller surfaces, paint application by
brush or roller coating is more reasonable.

Brushing procedure
Under the brushing procedure it is to comprehend the handling of coating paints with brushes, which give a good
wetting of the surface (penetration). This method is not reasonable for quick volatile coatings, like vinyl resins or
thickness layer coatings, also there is no large area capacity to achieve.

Roller coating application


For larger areas, where the usage of a airless spraying machine do not seem useful, the so-called roller coating
application is mostly the best. As well it is important, that the paint is suitable and adjusted for this application.
Difficulties of a sufficient wetting of the surface are given then, when through jet - cleaning high depth of rough-
ness was achieved and the paint could not be applied closed - pore by the roller coating application. The coating
layer applied by roller coating application has got a orange peel effect.

251
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Compressed - air spraying
Compressed - air spraying powered out of a pressure vessel resp. with a cup spraying gun is mainly used for
mass production.

Spraying with a cup spraying gun


With this spraying procedure a relative thick fluid paint material is delivered under pressure to the nozzle and is
there applied on the surfaces by a wide fan pattern - or round spray nozzle. With changing of the delivering pres-
sure, spray air and perhaps the viscosity it is possible to apply different effect paints from a smooth coating to a
rough structure coating.
Over the pressure vessel such a working technique is possible, too.

Electrostatic spraying
This coating procedure, beginning from pure electrostatic- to air-supported electrostatic spraying, is used normally
only for coating at the industrial area. For the construction site they do not come into consideration.

Airless - Spraying (High pressure spraying)


The common way of applying coatings on large area objects is the airless - spraying procedure. Depending on the
apparatus there are pressures at the nozzle up to 400 bar. The coating paint is sprayed without air intermixture
(airless). With this method it is possible to apply closed - pore primer coatings at high depth of roughness sur-
faces. Also you can achieve homogeneous coating layers by usage of thickness layer materials.
Beyond this spray dust and material losing is strongly limited.

Airless - spraying with electrostatic - support


With this method the coating material is electrostatic charged, whereby on the grounded object, which should be
coated, a better throwing power and also a lower material requirement will be achieved. Benefits of this procedure
are especially for coating of small things, to minimise spray losing.

Hot spraying
By hot spraying the coating paints will be heated direct before the usage. Resulting of this, the viscosity will be
lowered, without adding any diluetent. The result is a pore free and thicker layers at a shorter curing time. The
data sheets of the manufacturer have to be checked.
A further version of hot spraying is the so-called 2 pack - hot spraying equipment, where you can use solvent-free
two component materials mainly in high layer thickness. Application area are often inside tank coatings, battery
holders and high resistance parts. A changing completly blocking of the delivery pipes and hoses.
For all the equipment it is necessary, that they are clean.
The chose of the right application equipment bring the quality (appearance, homogeneous layer, existence of
pores, etc.) of the coating.

Powder - coating procedure


There should only be the advise of the powder coating spraying or fluid bed powder sintering process. Concerning
the multiplicity of machines and methods, any requests will be answered by our technical service and/or the
equipment manufacturers.

August 2002

252
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Dew Point Table


Determination of the dew point by temperature (C) and relative humidity (%)

Example: The dew point at 10 C air temperature and 89% relative air humidity will be at a substrate tempera-
ture of + 6.4C. Is the surface temperature lower than +6.4C + 3.0 = 9.4 C, an application of a coating is not
possible.

253
RELIUS COATINGS GMBH & Co. KG Donnerschweer Str. 372
26123 Oldenburg/Germany T: +49 4413402-0 F: +49 4413402-350
www.relius.de

Você também pode gostar